VW Golf Variant Service Manual

AG.
Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
Service
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Workshop Manual
nform
ercia
Golf Variant 2007 ➤

m
a
Golf Variant 2010 ➤
m
tio
r co
n in
o
Jetta 2005 ➤
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
Electrical system
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
. Co py
Edition 07.2010
t rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual
Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
27 - Starter, current supply, CCS y Volks
es n
ot g
ua
db ran
90 - Gauges, instruments ho
ir se
tee
ut or
92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior
pt
du
an
itte
y li
96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior
erm
ab
ility
ot p
97 - Wiring
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2010 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D3E801EB102

Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 07.2010
Contents
27 - Starter, current supply, CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1 Battery A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Types of battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Warning notices and safety regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3 Battery terminal connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 Checking battery A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 Charging battery A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
AG. Volkswagen AG d
4 Disconnecting and connecting wbattery
agen A . . . . . . . .o.es. n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
olks ot g
4.1 Disconnecting and connecting
ed
by V
battery A ( battery A in engine ua compartment) . . . . . . . . . .
ra 4
ris nt
5 Removing and installing
tho battery A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ee. o.r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
au ac
5.1 Removing and installing
ss battery A ( battery A in engine compartment) ................ 7
ce
e
nl
6 Starter B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
pt
du
an
itte
6.1 Checking starter B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
y li
erm
ab
6.2 Removing and installing starter B (automatic gearbox) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ility
ot p
6.3 Removing and installing starter B (DSG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
wit
is n
h re
6.4 Removing and installing starter B (manual gearbox) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ole,
spec
7 Alternator C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
t to the co
7.1 Securing battery positive wire on alternator C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
7.2 Checking poly V-belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
7.3 Checking alternator C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
rrectness of i
7.4 Alternator C 1.4l petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
7.5 Alternator C 1.4l FSI engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
7.6 Alternator C 1.4l, TSI engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
r
7.10 Alternator C 2.0l TFSI engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

o
his
ate

do
iv
pr
cum
7.12 Alternator C 1.9l diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

or
f
en
ng
7.13 Alternator C 1.9l diesel engine with diesel particle filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
t.
yi Co
op py
7.14 Alternator C 2.0l SDI engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
. C rig
ht ht
rig
7.15 Alternator C 2.0l diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
py by
co Vo
by lksw
7.16 Alternator C 2.0l CR diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
cted agen
Prote AG.
7.17 Alternator C 2.0l TSI engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
7.18 Removing and installing poly-V belt pulley on alternator C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
7.19 Voltage regulator C1 for alternator C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
8 Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
90 - Gauges, instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

1 Dash panel insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
1.1 Renewing dash panel insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
1.2 Removing and installing dash panel insert (up to MY2009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
1.3 Removing and installing dash panel insert (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
1.4 Back of dash panel insert (up to MY2009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
1.5 Back of dash panel insert (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
1.6 Pin assignment of connectors at dash panel insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
1.7 Warning lamp symbols on dash panel insert (up to MY2009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
1.8 Warning lamp symbols on dash panel insert (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2 Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
2.1 Resetting service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Contents i
1 Windscreen wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

1.1 Deactivating wiper motor control unit J400 APP function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
1.2 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
1.3 Removing and installing windscreen wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
1.4 Removing and installing wiper arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
1.5 Adjusting wiper blade park position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
1.6 Removing and installing joint-free wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
1.7 Removing and installing rain and light sensor G397 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
1.8 Coding rain and light sensor G397 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
2 Windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
2.3 Removing and installing windscreen and rear . Volwindow
kswagen Awasher pump V59 . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
gen AG G do
2.4 Removing and installing windscreen o lkswawasher fluid level senderes n G33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ot g 198
yV
2.5 Removing and installing windscreen db washer system spray jets u.a.ra.n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
ir se t
2.6 Adjusting windscreen washerut
ho system spray jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ee.or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
a ac
3 Rear window wiper system
ss .................................................. 200
ce
e
nl
3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
pt
du
an
itte
3.2 Removing rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
y li
erm
ab
3.3 Adjusting rear window wiper park position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ility
ot p
3.4 Removing and installing joint-free wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
wit
, is n
h re
4 Rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
hole
spec
4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.2 Removing and installing washer jet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
4.3 Adjusting spray jet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
5 Headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
rrectness of i
5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
l purpos
5.2 Removing and installing headlight washer system pump V11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
5.3 Removing and installing spray jet pop-up cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
nform
ercia
5.4 Removing and installing spray jet assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

m
5.5 Adjusting headlight washer system spray jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

a
m
tio
r co
5.6 Bleeding headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

n in
o
thi
6 Washer fluid line hose couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

te
sd
iva
o
r
7 Hose repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
1 Headlights with halogen bulbs (up to MY2009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
rig ht
py by
o Vo
1.1 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.2 Removing and installing headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
1.3 Adjusting headlight installation position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
1.4 Renewing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
1.5 Removing and installing headlight range control motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
1.6 Repairing headlight retaining tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
1.7 Converting headlights for use when driving on the left or right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1.8 Adjusting headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
2 Headlights with halogen bulbs (from MY2009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
2.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
2.5 Renewing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
2.7 Repairing headlight securing tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
ii Contents


AG. Volkswagen AG d
3 Headlights with gas discharge agen
ksw bulbs (up to MY2009)es n.ot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
o
V ol
g
3.1 Operation and safetyednotes by for gas discharge bulbs . . . .ua. ra. n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
ris t
3.2 Assembly overview tho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ee.o.r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
au a
3.3 Removing ands installing headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
s 262
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
3.5 Renewing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
3.7 Removing and installing gas discharge light control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
wit
, is n
3.8 Control unit for headlight range control J431 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
h re
hole
3.9 Vehicle level sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
4 Headlights with gas discharge bulbs and cornering lights (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
m
t
4.5 Renewing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
io
r co
n in
4.6 Headlight starter for gas discharge bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
o
thi
te
4.7 Power output module for headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
4.8 Headlight range control unit J431 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
or
m
f
en
g
4.9 Headlight range control motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

n
t.
yi Co
op
4.10 Swivel module position sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
C py
ht. rig
ht
rig
4.11 Headlight screen adjustment solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
py by
co Vo
by lksw
4.12 Vehicle level sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote
cted AG.
agen
294
4.13 LED module for daytime running light and side light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
5 Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
5.1 Assembly overview - fog lights (up to MY2009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
5.2 Assembly overview - fog lights (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
5.3 Removing and installing fog lights (up to MY2009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
5.4 Removing and installing fog lights (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
5.5 Removing and installing fog light/cornering light bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
5.6 Adjusting fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
6 Bulb for turn signal repeater light and entry light in exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
6.1 Removing and installing turn signal bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
6.2 Removing and installing entry light in exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
7 Removing and installing front side marker light in front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
8 Rear side marker bulb (USA/Canada only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
9 Tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
9.1 Assembly overview - tail light in side panel (bulbs) - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
9.2 Removing and installing tail light in side panel (bulbs) - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
9.3 Removing and installing tail light bulb carrier in side panel - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
9.4 Tail light in side panel (LED) - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
9.5 Removing and installing tail light in side panel (LED) - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
9.6 Assembly overview - tail light in rear lid - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
9.7 Removing and installing tail light in rear lid - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
9.8 Removing and installing tail light bulb holder in rear lid - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
9.9 Assembly overview - tail light - Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
9.10 Removing and installing tail light - Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
9.11 Removing and installing tail light bulb holder - Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Contents iii
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Golf Variant
orise 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta n2005
tee ➤
h
Electrical
aut
system - Edition 07.2010 or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
10 Removing and installing number plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
an
itte
y li
erm
11 Additional brake lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
ab
ility
ot p
11.1 Removing and installing additional brake light bulb M25 - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
wit
is n
11.2 Removing and installing additional brake light bulb M25 - estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
h re
ole,
spec
12 Steering column switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
12.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
t to the co
12.2 Removing and installing steering column switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
12.3 Steering column electronics control unit J527 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
rrectness of i
12.4 Steering angle sender G85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
13 Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
13.1 Removing and installing steering lock housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
cial p
13.2 Removing and installing lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
nform
mer
13.3 Removing and installing ignition/starter switch D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
atio
m
14 Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
14.2 Assembly overview - 4-channel parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
o
p
cum
14.3 Assembly overview - 8-channel parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
for
en
ng
t.
14.4 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 (4-channel) - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
i
py Co
Co py
14.5 Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 (4-channel) - estate . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
14.6 cop Removing and installing parking aid control unit J446 (8-channel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
by
Vo
lksw 339
cted
14.7 Coding parking aid control unit J446 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
agen
Prote AG.
14.8 Adjust optical display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
14.9 Removing and installing rear parking aid senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
14.10 Removing and installing front parking aid senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
14.11 Bonding sender holder in bumper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
14.12 Renewing parking aid senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
14.13 Testing parking aid senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
14.14 Removing and installing rear parking aid warning buzzer H15 - saloon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
14.15 Removing and installing rear parking aid warning buzzer H15 - estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
14.16 Adjusting rear parking aid warning buzzer H15 volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
14.17 Adjusting rear parking aid warning buzzer pitch H15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
14.18 Removing and installing front parking aid warning buzzer H22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
14.19 Adjusting front parking aid warning buzzer H22 volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
14.20 Adjusting front parking aid warning buzzer pitch H22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
14.21 Parking aid final control diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
14.22 Checking parking aid button E266 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
15 Park assist steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
15.2 Assembly overview - park assist steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
15.3 Park assist steering control unit J791 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
15.4 Park assist steering senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
15.5 Renewing park assist steering sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
15.6 Front parking aid warning buzzer H22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
15.7 Rear parking aid warning buzzer H15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
15.8 Park assist steering/parking aid button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
16 Reversing camera system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
16.2 Assembly overview – reversing camera system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
16.3 Removing and installing reversing camera R189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
16.4 Calibrating reversing camera system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
17 Removing and installing trailer socket U10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

1 Lights and switches in engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
iv Contents

1.1 Removing and installing bonnet contact switch F266 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

2 Lights and switches in dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
2.1 Removing and installing light switch E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
2.2 Removing and installing glove compartment light W6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
2.3 Removing and installing glove compartment light switch E26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
2.4 Removing and installing regulator for switch and instrument illumination E20 . . . . . . . . . . 386
2.5 Removing and installing warning lamp for airbag deactivated on front passenger side K145
...................................................................... 387
2.6 Removing and installing hazard warning light switch E3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
2.7 Removing and installing footwell lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
2.8 Removing and installing key operated switch to deactivate front passenger side airbag E224
...................................................................... 390
3 Lights and switches in front doors and B-pillar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
3.1 Removing and installing window regulator switch in front passenger door E107 . . . . . . . . 392
3.2 Removing and installing switch module for mirror adjustment on driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
3.3 Removing and installing driver side interior locking button for central locking system E308
........................................................................ 393
3.4 Components - front door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
3.5 Removing and installing switch module for driver side window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
3.6 Removing and installing remote release button for fuel filler flap and rear lid E463 . . . . . . 396
3.7 Removing and installing interior monitoring/vehicle inclination deactivation switch . . . . . . 397
3.8 Removing and installing central locking deadlock function warning lamp -SAFE- K133 . . 398
4 Lights and switches in rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
4.1 Components - rear door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
4.2 Removing and installing rear window regulator switch in door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
5 Lights and switches in luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
5.1 Removing and installing luggage compartment light W3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
5.2 Removing and installing rear lid lock unit F256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
6 Lights and switches in roof trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
6.1 Front interior light W1 (without sunroof) . . . . . . . . e. n. A. G. ..V.o.lk.sw. a.g.e.n .AG ................... 404
ag do
6.2 Front interior light W1 (with sunroof) . . . . . V. o.lk.sw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e. s.n.ot. g. . . . . . . . . . . . 407
y ua
6.3 Rear interior light W45 (vehicles without riseanti-theft alarm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .an.te. . . . . . . .
db r 411
o
6.4 Rear interior light W45 (vehicles with u anti-theft alarm) up to MY2009 . . . . . . . . . .or.a. . . . .
th e
413
sa c
6.5 Removing and installing illuminated vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
s 416
ce
le
6.6 Removing and installing garage door operating unit E284 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
7 Lights and switches in centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
rm
ab
pe
7.1 Buttons in centre console storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

ility
ot
7.2 Removing and installing buttons in centre console storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wit
418
, is n
h re
7.3 Removing and installing AC/DC converter with socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
hole
spec
8 immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
es, in part or in w
t to the co
8.1 Removing and installing immobiliser control unit J362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

8.2 immobiliser reader coil D2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
8.3 Ignition key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
rrectness of i
9 Anti-theft alarm (ATA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

l purpos

9.2 Activating and deactivating anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
n
ercia
fo
9.3 Removing and installing ultrasonic sensor (rear interior light) (up to MY2009) . . . . . . . . . . 431
rm
m
atio
9.4 Removing and installing ultrasonic sensor (rear left-hand side of roof) (up to MY2009) . . 431
com
n in
9.5 Anti-theft alarm sensor G578 (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

r
te o
thi
9.6 Removing and installing vehicle inclination sender G384 (up to 2006) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
sd
iva
9.7 Vehicle inclination sender G384 (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

o
r
rp
cu
fo
9.8 Interior monitoring sensor G273 (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

en
ng
t.
yi Co
9.9 Central locking and anti-theft alarm system aerial R47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
t. Cop py
rig 435
9.10 Removing and installing alarm horn H12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gh
435
ht
pyri by
Vo
co
10 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Contents v
10.1 Removing and installing treble horn H2 / bass horn H7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

10.2 Checking treble horn H2 / bass horn H7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
97 - Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
1 Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
2 Removing and installing fuse holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
2.1 Removing and installing fuse holder on left of dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
3 Removing and installing relay carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
3.1 Removing and installing relay carrier on left beneath dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
3.2 Removing and installing relay carrier on onboard supply control unit J519 (up to MY2009)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
3.3 Removing and installing relay carrier on onboard supply control unit J519 (from MY2010)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
4 Electronics boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
4.1 Removing and installing electronics box on left side of engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . 446
5 Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
5.1 Onboard supply control unit J519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
5.2 Data bus diagnostic interface J533 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
5.3 Convenience system central control unit J393 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
5.4 Driver door control unit J386 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
5.5 Front passenger door control unit J387 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
5.6 Coding rear left door control unit J388 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
5.7 Coding rear right door control unit J389 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
5.8 Trailer detector control unit J345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
5.9 Garage door operation control unit J530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
6 Wiring harness and connector repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
7 Removing and installing engine wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
7.1 Operation and safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
7.2 Installation notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
7.3 Assembly overview - 2.0 TDI engine /CR engine (engine code CBEA) wiring harness . . . . 491
7.4 Removing and installing engine wiring harness, 2.0 l, TDI/CR engine (EC/CBEA) . . . . . . 497
AG. Volkswagen
8 Specified torques for wires, lines and cables . . . . . . . . . . l.ks.w.a.ge. n. . . . . . . . . . . A. G . .do. e.s.n . . . . 507
o ot
8.1 Specified torques for E-box on left side of engine compartment d by V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .g.ua.ra 507
ir se nte
8.2 Specified torques for trailer detector control unit J345 tho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507 eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
vi
co Vo
by lksw
Contents Prote
cted AG.
agen

27 – Starter, current supply, CCS

1 Battery -A-
WARNING
Danger of injury! Observe warning notices and safety regula‐

tions ⇒ page 1 !
1.1 Types of battery

All the instructions and information for this manual are found in
the workshop manual „Electrical System, General Information“. A
link to this workshop manual is not possible at present for tech‐
nical reasons. Please select the workshop manual „Electrical
System, General Information“ manually in ELSA.
1.2 Warning notices and safety regulations

1.3 Battery terminal connection

nical reasons. Please select the
age workshop
n AG manual
. Volkswagen AG do „Electrical
e
olksw
System, General Information“ manually in ELSA. s not g
yV b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Battery A 1
2 Checking battery -A-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

3 Charging battery -A-

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Charging battery A 3
4 Disconnecting and connecting bat‐

tery -A-
4.1 Disconnecting and connecting battery -

A- ( battery -A- in engine compartment)
WARNING

tions ⇒ page 1 !
Disconnect battery -A- ⇒ page 5

Reconnecting battery -A- ⇒ page 5 .
4.1.1 Assembly overview - battery -A-

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
1 - Earth wire battery terminalVolkswa not
clamp db
y gu
ara
rise nte
❑ Observe notesufor tho bat‐ eo
ra
tery pole terminal
ss
a
clamp c
bolt ⇒ page 1 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
2 - Nut an
itte
y li
erm
❑ 6 Nm ab
ility
ot p
wit
3 - Positive wire battery termi‐
is n
h re
nal clamp
ole,
spec
❑ Observe notes for bat‐

tery terminal clamp bolt
t to the co
⇒ page 1 .
4 - Nut
rrectness of i
❑ 6 Nm
5 - Battery -A-
cial p
❑ Removing and installing

nform
⇒ page 7
mer
a
m
6 - Clamping plate
io
r co
n in
o
7 - Bolt
thi
te
sd
ir va
❑ 35 Nm
o
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.1.2 Disconnecting battery -A-
Caution
♦ Always make sure that the electrical system of the vehicle

is protected by disconnecting the battery -A- before any
work on the electrical system starts.
♦ Do not unfasten or remove the earthing cable from your
body. Only remove the negative terminal (-) of the battery
-A- .
♦ The positive terminal (B+) of the battery -A- is only allowed
to be removed if the battery -A- has been removed from
the vehicle.
♦ Observe warning notices and safety regulations
⇒ page 1 .
Caution
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.

♦ Remove the ignition key.
Carry out following procedures:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Release catch -arrow- and take cover offVobattery
lksw housing. not
gu
by ara
ed
– First unscrew battery earth terminal risclamp -1- from battery nte
negative terminal. tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Then unscrew battery positive terminal clamp -2- from battery

rrectness of i
positive terminal.
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
4.1.3 Connecting battery -A-
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
Observe notes for battery pole terminal clamp bolt ⇒ page 1 .
4. Disconnecting and connecting battery A 5

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-
Note
After battery -A- has been connected and ignition is switched on,
ESP and TCS warning lamp -K155- will light up permanently. The
ESP and TCS warning lamp -K155- will go out automatically when
the vehicle is driven at 15 to 20 km/h in a straight line. This has
effect of reactivating steering angle sender -G85- .
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
Caution o
ir se
d ran
tee
th or
au ac
When battery -A- is disconnected and reconnected, the pro‐ ss
ce
e
cedure described in the workshop manual must be strictly

nl
pt
du
an
observed ⇒ page 4 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Fit battery positive wire clamp -2- to positive terminal of battery
spec
-A- and tighten bolt to specified torque ⇒ page 4 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Fit battery earth wire clamp -1- to negative terminal of battery
-A- and tighten bolt to specified torque ⇒ page 4 .
– Carry out steps as detailed in the table. rrectness of i
l purpos
Steps after connecting battery -A-

Step Performed
nform
ercia
Switch ignition on and off again

m
at
m
using ignition key.

io
r co
n in t
Read fault memory ⇒ Vehicle

o
his
e
diagnostic, testing and informa‐

at
d
iv
tion system VAS 5051

pr
cu
or
m
f
en
Clock: Check time setting and

ng
t.
yi Co
reset. ht. Cop py
rig
Open all electric windows fully
rig ht
py by
o Vo
and close again. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Test function of all electrical
consumers.
You can also print out the table.

5 Removing and installing battery -A-
5.1 Removing and installing battery -A-

( battery -A- in engine compartment)
WARNING

tions ⇒ page 1 !
Vehicles with a petrol engine ⇒ page 7

Vehicles with a diesel engine ⇒ page 9
5.1.1 Assembly overview - battery -A-
1 - Earth wire battery terminal

clamp
❑ Notes on bolted connec‐
tion of the battery termi‐
nals ⇒ page 1
2 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm
3 - Positive wire battery termi‐
nal clamp . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
❑ Notes on bolted connec‐ Volkswa not
tion of the battery termi‐
ed by gu
ara
nals ⇒ page 1 thoris nte
eo
au ra
4 - Nut ss c
ce
e
nl
❑ 6 Nm
pt
du
an
itte
y li
5 - Battery -A-
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
⇒ page 7
is n
h re
ole,
6 - Clamping plate
spec
7 - Bolt
t to the co
❑ 35 Nm
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
5.1.2 Vehicles with a petrol engine cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Removing and installing battery A 7


Removing
– Disconnect battery -A- ⇒ page 5 .
– Pull panel of battery housing out upwards in direction of arrow.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Undo bolt -1- and remove clamping plate -2-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fold up handles -arrows- upwards and remove battery -A- .

Installing
Caution
A loosely fitted battery -A- creates the following dangers:

♦ Shortened service life due to damage from vibration (dan‐
ger of explosion)
♦ The cells in the battery -A- will be damaged if the battery
-A- is not secured correctly.
♦ Damage to battery housing due to clamping plate (possi‐
bility of acid leaking, with high consequential costs)
♦ Poor crash safety
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐

ing:
– Tighten threaded connections to specified torque ⇒ page 7 .
– After installing, check that battery -A- is seated securely.
– Connect battery -A- ⇒ page 4 .
Caution
When battery -A- is disconnected and reconnected, the pro‐

5.1.3 Vehicles with a diesel engine

AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331- agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
9
copy Vo
by lksw
cted 5. Removing and installing battery A
agen
Prote AG.

♦ Spring-type clip pliers -VAS 5024A-
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Carry out following procedures:by Volk not
gu
ara
ed nte
Removing ris
tho eo
au ra
c
– Disconnect battery s-A-
s
⇒ page 4 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Pull engine cover upwards -arrows A- and forwards
an
itte
y li
-arrow B-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
– Disconnect connector -1- and release spring-type clip -2- us‐ nform
mer
ing spring type clip pliers -VAS 5024A- .

a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull vacuum hose -arrow- off air filter housing.

– Remove bolt of air filter housing -arrow-.
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and take off cover.
– Pull hose -arrow- off air filter housing and remove.

– Pull air filter housing upwards out of brackets and remove.
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
– Pull panel of battery housing out upwards

du
an
itte
-in direction of arrow-.

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
11
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Removing and installing battery A

wage es n
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤y Volks ot g
b ua
Electrical system - Edition 07.2010 ris
ed ran
tee
tho or
au ac
– Undo bolt -1- and remove clamping plate -2-. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Fold up handles -arrows- upwards and remove battery -A- .
cial p
nform
Installing
mer
a
m
tio
Caution
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
A loosely fitted battery -A- creates the following dangers: a
do
ir v
p
cum
or
♦ Shortened service life due to damage from vibration (dan‐
f
en
ng
ger of explosion)
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
♦ The cells in the battery -A- will be damaged if the battery
ht ht
rig by
py
-A- is not secured correctly. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Damage to battery housing due to clamping plate (possi‐
AG.
bility of acid leaking, with high consequential costs)

♦ Poor crash safety

ing:
– Tighten bolt for air filter housing -arrow- to 10 Nm.

– Tighten threaded connections to specified torques ⇒ page 7 .
– After installing, check that battery -A- is seated securely.
Caution


6 Starter -B-
wage es n
olks ot g
Caution d by
V ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
When battery -A- is sdisconnected
au and reconnected, the pro‐ ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
6.1 Checking starter -B-
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS
t to the co
5051B-
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -
ht ht
rig by
py
VAS 5051B- . co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
In vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS
AG.
5051B- , select „Guided fault finding“.

– Using GoTo button, select „Functions/component“ and the fol‐
lowing menu options in succession:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical system
♦ 27 - Starter, current supply
♦ Electrical components
♦ B - Starter
6. Starter B 13
6.2 Removing and installing starter -B- (au‐

tomatic gearbox)
6.2.1 Assembly overview - starter -B-
1 - Starter -B-
❑ Checking ⇒ page 13
2 - Battery positive wire con‐
nection to starter -B-
3 - Nut
❑ 15 Nm
4 - Bolt
❑ 75 Nm
5 - Protective cap
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
Not illustrated
p
cum
for
en
ng
♦ Air filter housing bolt to body: 10 Nm

t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Earth wire to automatic gearbox housing - 15 Nm ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
6.2.2 Vehicles with 1.6l petrol engine
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi
Removing
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Disconnect battery -A- ⇒ page 4 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Loosen spring-type clip -1- using spring-type clip pliers -VAS cted agen
Prote AG.
5024A- and remove bolt -2-.
– Release hose -3- and pull it off the air filter housing.
6. Starter B 15
– Pull air filter housing upwards on right-hand side out of rubber

mounting -arrow-.
– Take air filter housing out of vehicle.
– Slide protective cap in direction of -arrow- off solenoid switch.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Unscrew positive wire -1- and disconnect connector from ter‐
wit
is n
minal 50 -2-.
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 50 .
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
o
– Remove nut -1- from lower starter bolt.

c
in t
or
his
te
– Remove wiring retainer -2-.

a
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove lower bolt -arrow- from starter.
– Remove nut -1- from upper starter bolt.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
– Remove upper bolt -arrow- from starter.
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
– Remove nut of earth wire -1- and place end of earth wire -2-
a
do
riv
to one side.
p
cum
or
f
en
ng
– Remove starter -B- from vehicle upwards.

i t.
py Co
. Co py
rig
Installing
t
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
Install in the reverse order of removal. When doing this, note the
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
following:
AG.
– Tighten threaded connections to specified torques

⇒ page 14 .
6.2.3 Vehicles with 1.6l FSI engine

6. Starter B 17
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Removing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi

s
a
minal 50 -2-.
do
ir v
p
cum
for

en
ng
i t.
Rep. gr. 50 .
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 19
to one side.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Install in the reverse order
olks of removal. When doings nthis,
w e
ot g note the
yV
following: sed b ua
ran
ri tee
ho
– Tighten threaded
au
t connections to specified torques or
ac
⇒ page 14
ss .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332- t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing

– Disconnect connector -arrow-.
– Unclip vacuum hose out of retainer -arrow-.
– Loosen spring-type clip -arrow- from hose -1- using spring-

type clip pliers -VAS 5024A-en. AG. Volkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
– Pull hose -1- off airbyfilter
Vol housing. gu
ara
ed nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Open retainer -arrow- on front of air filter housing and remove

line -1-.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 21

mounting -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
– Loosen spring-type clip -1- using spring-type clip pliers -VAS
ab
ility
5024A- .
ot p
wit
is n
– Pull hose -2- off connection.
h re
ole,
spec
– Carefully lift up air filter housing out of vehicle as far as wiring
allows.
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
– Disconnect connector -arrow- on rear of air filter housing.

m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.



minal 50 -2-.
Rep. gr. 50 .

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 23

to one side.
Installing
following:
– Tighten threaded connections to specified torques n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
⇒ page 14 . Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility

ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
24
Prote AG.
Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
m
io
Removing
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
– Pull engine cover off upwards -arrows-.
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Separate connector -1-, release spring-type clip -2- with

spring-type clip pliers -VAS 5024A- and pull off vacuum hoses
-3-.
6. Starter B 25
– Push down protective cap in direction of -arrow- from solenoid

switch. wage
e
olks s no
yV t gu
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
minal 50 -2-.
rrectness of i
Rep. gr. 50 .
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh
ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤or , Jetta 2005 ➤
au ac
ss Electrical system - Edition 07.2010
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
– Lower starter -B- out of vehicle.
tion
co
in t
or
Installing
his
ate
do
riv
p
cum
or
following:
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Tighten threaded connections to specified torques Cop py
ht. rig
⇒ page 14 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6.2.6 Vehicles with 1.9l diesel engine

6. Starter B 27
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ Spring-type clip pliers
olks -VAS 5024A-
wag does
not
yV gu
db ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
cial p
nform
mer
-arrow B-.
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect connector -1- and release spring-type clip -2- us‐


wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
– Push down protective cap in direction of -arrow- from solenoid a

m
ti
switch.
o
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 29

minal 50 -2-.
Rep. gr. 50 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
se nte
ori eo
th
au ra
– Remove nut -1- from lower
ss starter bolt. c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


to one side in direction of battery -A- .
Installing
following:
⇒ page 14 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
u ra
6.2.7 Vehicles with 2.0l SDI engine ss
a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m

io
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 31

Removing
-arrow B-.
wage es n
olks ot g
– Loosen spring-type clip -1- using spring-type clip d b pliers -VAS
y V ua
ran
5024A- and disconnect connector -2-. orise
tee
th or
u
– Remove bolt -3-. ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Pull off vacuum hose -arrow-.

rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


mounting -arrow-.

minal 50 -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Unscrew earth wire from starter bolt -arrow-.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 33
Electrical system - Edition 07.2010 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
by ua
– Unscrew starter bolt -arrow-. ris
ed ran
tee
tho or
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General
au body repairs, exterior; ac
ss
Rep. gr. 50 .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
– Unscrew starter bolt -arrow-.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
following:
⇒ page 14 .

6.3 Removing and installing starter -B-

(DSG)
1 - Starter -B-
nection to starter -B- wage
es n
Volks ot g
3 - Nut d by ua
ran
ir se tee
❑ 20 Nm tho
or
s au ac
s
4 - Bolt
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ M12 = 75 Nm
an
itte
y li
❑ M10 = 40 Nm
erm
ab
ility
ot p
5 - Protective cap
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Not illustrated
6.3.2 Vehicles with 1.4l TSI engine (90kW)

6. Starter B 35
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
se nte
ori eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com

n in
r
te o
thi
Removing
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 24 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Release and disconnect connector -1-. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Slide protective cap -1- off solenoid switch in direction of

-arrow-.

– Unscrew nut -1- and remove positive wire -2- from connector
thread of solenoid switch.
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
– Lift starter -B- -1- upwards out of vehicle.
m
tio
r co
n in
Installing
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
following: cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
⇒ page 35 . ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6.3.3 Vehicles with 1.4l TSI engine (103kW/

125kW)
6. Starter B 37
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Removing
ole,
spec
– Disconnect battery -A- ⇒ page 4 . urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
– Pull off vacuum hose at engine cover panel -arrow-.
– Pull off engine cover upwards from its rubber mountings -1-
rrectness of i
and remove it forwards in -direction of arrow-.
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 24 .
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Release and disconnect connector -1-. Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

-arrow-.


Rep. gr. 50 . olks
wage es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove charge air hose -1-.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
– Lift starter -B- -1- upwards out of vehicle. Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
following:
⇒ page 35 .

6. Starter B 39
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing


mounting -arrow-.

minal 50 -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 41

Rep. gr. 50 .
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
e

t
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
Installing
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Install in the reverse order of removal. When doing this, note the Cop py
following: ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
– Tighten threaded connections to specified torques by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ page 35 .
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n
in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
Removing
o
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
– Disconnect connector -arrow-. Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 43

type clip pliers -VAS 5024A- .
– Pull hose -1- off air filter housing.
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
au ac
– Open retainer -arrow-s on front of air filter housing and remove
s
ce
e
line -1-.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

mounting -arrow-.


5024A- .
allows.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o

his
ate
minal 50 -2-.
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 45


Rep. gr. 50 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Disconnect connectors -arrows-.
Vol
ksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co

rrectness of i

cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Installing
following:
⇒ page 35 .
6.3.6 Vehicles with 2.0l TFSI engine

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or

his
ate
do
priv
Removing
um
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
47
copy Vo
by lksw
cted 6. Starter B
agen
Prote AG.

– Remove bolts -arrows-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Loosen spring-type clips -arrow- using spring-type clip pliers -
spec
VAS 5024A- .
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
– Pull engine cover panel upwards -arrows-.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


minal 50 -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cu
r
fo
Installing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
following:
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 35 .

6. Starter B 49
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
-arrow B-.


wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
or
– Remove aubolt of air filter housing -arrow-. ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i

cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 51


switch.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
minal 50 -2-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo

en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Installing
following:
⇒ page 35 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co

rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
C
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
6. Starter B 53
– Disconnect connector -1-, release spring-type clip -2- with

spring-type clip pliers -VAS 5024A- and pull off vacuum hose
-3-.
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in

o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
minal 50 -2-.
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unclip wiring -1- from wiring retainer -2-.
6. Starter B 55
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
ise
– Remove lower bolt -arrow- from starter. thor tee
or
au ac
– Remove starter -B- from vehicle upwards. ss
ce
le
un
pt
Installing
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
following:
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ page 35 .
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
6.3.9 Vehicles with 2.0l CR TDI engine
l purpos
n
ercia
fo
rmat
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect connector -1-, release spring-type clip -2- with
spring-type clip pliers -VAS 5024A- and pull off vacuum hose
-3-.
6. Starter B 57

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Unscrew positive wire -1- and disconnect connector from ter‐ y li

erm
ab
minal 50 -2-. ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unclip wiring -1- from wiring retainer -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove starter -B- from vehicle upwards. C py
ht. rig
ht
rig
Installing
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
following:
⇒ page 35 .
6. Starter B 59
6.4 Removing and installing starter -B-

(manual gearbox)
1 - Starter -B-
nection to starter -B-
3 - Nut
❑ 15 Nm
4 - Bolt
❑ 75 Nm
5 - Protective cap
6 - Nut
❑ 23 Nm
7 - Wiring retainer
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Not illustrated
n
ercia
for
6.4.2 Vehicles with 1.4l TSI engine

m
m
atio
com
n in

r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Removing n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
– Disconnect battery -A- ⇒ page 4 . isedb ran
tee
or
th or
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Engine; Rep.
au gr. 24 . ac
ss
ce
e
– Release and disconnect connector -1-.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p

nform
-arrow-.
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 61
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Unscrew nut -1- from upper starter bolt and remove earth ca‐
pe
ility
ot
ble -2-.
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove upper starter bolt behind from starter.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Rep. gr. 50 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
– Unscrew nut -1- and remove wiring retainer -2- from lower
n in
starter bolt.
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove lower starter bolt -2-.

– Remove starter -B- -1- from vehicle downwards.
Installing
following:
⇒ page 60 .
6.4.3 Vehicles with 1.4 l petrol engine and

1.4/1.6 l FSI engine

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
se nte
ori eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of
l purpos
in
ercia
forma
m
com
tion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
6. Starter B 63
– Pull air filter housing upwards on right-hand side out of rubber AG. Volkswagen AG d
mounting -arrow-. lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
– Take air filter housing out of vehicle. rise
db ran
tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
– Unscrew positive wire -1- and disconnect connector from ter‐ Co py
t. rig
minal 50 -2-.
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
by
Vo gu
ara
ed
ris n
– Remove noise uinsulation
tho ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; tee o
Rep. gr. 50 .ss a ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
following:
⇒ page 60 .

6. Starter B 65

Removing wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
db
– Disconnect battery -A- ⇒ page 4 . o
ir se ran
tee
th or
u
– Push down protective cap in direction
ss of -arrow- from solenoid
a ac
switch.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
minal 50 -2-.
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
byV
ol Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf not
guVariant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
d ara
orise Electrical
nte system - Edition 07.2010
h eo
aut ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Rep. gr. 50 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove starter -B- .
Installing
following:
⇒ page 60 .

6. Starter B 67
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332- wage

es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig
Carry out following procedures: py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Removing Prote AG.



AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
line -1-.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

mounting -arrow-.
5024A- .
6. Starter B 69

allows.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

minal 50 -2-.

wage es n
olks
d by
V Golf Variant 2007 ➤ot,gGolf
ua Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
ran
oris
e
Electrical
tee system - Edition 07.2010
th or
s au ac
– Unscrew earth wire from starter bolt -arrow-. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
Rep. gr. 50 .
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Installing
following:
⇒ page 60 .
6.4.6 Vehicles with 2.0l TFSI engine

6. Starter B 71
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332- ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing


VAS 5024A- .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
oris tee
uth or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
iv
pr

cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 73
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , GolfVoVariant
lksw
a
2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005
oes
no➤
t gu
y
Electrical system - Edition
ised b 07.2010 ara
n r tee
ho
ut or
– Unscrew positive wiress -1- and
a
disconnect connector from ter‐ ac
minal 50 -2-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nfo
mer
rmatio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Rep. gr. 50 .



Installing wage
es n
Volks ot g
Install in the reverse order of removal. ed byWhen doing this, note the ua
ran
following: tho ris tee
or
au ac
– Tighten threaded connections ss to specified torques
ce
le
⇒ page 60 .
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332- py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
6. Starter B 75
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
– Separate connector -1-, orelease ed spring-type clip -2- with
ran
ris tee
spring-type clip pliers a-VAS
uth 5024A- and pull off vacuum hoses or
ac
-3-. ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
switch.
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
minal 50 -2-.


Rep. gr. 50 .

wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co

Installing
rrectness of i
following:
cial p

nform
⇒ page 60 .
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
or
6.4.8 Vehicles with 1.9l/2.0l diesel engine and

f
en
ng
t.
yi
2.0l CR diesel engine
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Special tools and workshop equipment required copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 77
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
Removing cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Pull engine cover upwards -arrows A- and forwards rig ht
py by
-arrow B-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
79
AG.
6. Starter B



switch.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
minal 50 -2-.
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Rep. gr. 50 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Installing
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
following:
t to the co
⇒ page 60 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
fo
6.4.9 Vehicles with 2.0l SDI engine
rm
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331- thi

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 81

Removing
-arrow B-.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
5024A- and disconnect connector -2-.

– Remove bolt -3-.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
82
AG.
Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

– Pull off vacuum hose -arrow-.
G. Volkswagen
– Pull air filter housing upwards
wagen A on right-hand
AG do
side out of rubber
es n
olks
mounting -arrow-.
by
V ot g
ua
ed ran
ris tee
– Take air
ut
hofilter housing out of vehicle. or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
switch.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
minal 50 -2-. y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Starter B 83

Rep. gr. 50 .
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
ho
– Remove nut -1- from lowerastarter
ut bolt. or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
Installing
m
at
m
o
r co
n in t
following:
o
his
ate

d
iv
o
pr
cu
⇒ page 60 .
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6.4.10 Vehicles with 2.0l TSI engine


lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332- oris
e
tee
uth or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Release and disconnect connector -1- and release spring-type
clip -2- using spring-type clip pliers -VAS 5024- .
6. Starter B 85
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and take off cover. Volksw
oes
not
gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Pull off hose -arrow- from air filter housing and remove from
rrectness of i
vehicle.
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
– Pull air filter housing upwards out of its rubber mountings and Prote AG.
remove from vehicle.

-arrow-.

– Release and disconnect terminal 50 connector -1-.

– Unscrew nut -2- and remove positive lead -3- from solenoid
switch.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Rep. gr. 50 . es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
e

at
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing
following:
⇒ page 60 .
6. Starter B 87
7 Alternator -C-
Caution

7.1 Securing battery positive wire on alter‐

nator -C-
Caution
If the battery positive wire is not tightened to the specified tor‐

que, there is a risk of the following:
♦ The battery -A- will not be charged fully.
♦ Vehicle electrics or electronics fail completely (break‐
down).
♦ Danger of fires from sparks
♦ Damage to electronic components and control units due
to excessive voltage
– The specified torque for the nut -arrow- of the B+ wire is 15

Nm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
7.2 Checking poly V-belt

t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
Always renew poly V-belt if it is defective. This will avoid pos‐

sible breakdowns or operating problems.
cial p
nform
mer

a
m
tion
– Crank engine at vibration damper/belt pulley using a socket.

co
in t
or
his
e
– Check poly V-belt for:

at
do
iv
pr
♦ Sub-surface cracks (cracks, core ruptures, cross sectional

um
or
f
breaks)
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Layer separation (top layer, cord strands) t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Base break-up
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Fraying of cord strands

♦ Flank wear (material wear, frayed flanks, flank brittleness -

glassy flanks-, surface cracks)
♦ Traces of oil and grease
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Caution by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ir se nte
o
If faults are found, it is essential for the poly V-belt to be re‐
th eo
au ra
newed. This will avoid possible breakdowns
ss or operating prob‐ c
lems.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
7.3 Checking alternator -C- ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
5051B-
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
Procedure
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
C
ht. rig
ht
rig
VAS 5051B- . py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
In vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS Prote AG.
♦ Body
♦ 27 - Starter, current supply
♦ C - alternator
7. Alternator C 89
7.4 Alternator -C- 1.4l petrol engine Volks
wage es n
ot g
y ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho
or
7.4.1 Assembly overview au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
1 - Hexagon head flange bolt
erm
ab
❑ 60 Nm
ility
ot p
wit
is n
2 - Washer
h re
ole,
spec
3 - Tensioning roller
t to the co
4 - Hexagon head flange bolts
❑ 20 Nm
rrectness of i
❑ 40 Nm
6 - Ancillary bracket
cial p
nform
❑ For alternator -C- and
mer
air conditioner compres‐
a
m
t
sor
io
r co
n in
❑ Tightening sequence ⇒
o
thi
te
Engine; Rep. gr. 13
s
ir va
do
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ 20 Nm
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
8 - Hexagon head flange bolts rig ht
py by
co Vo
lksw
❑ 40 Nm
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
9 - Protective cap
10 - Hexagon bolts with wash‐
er
❑ 2 Nm
11 - Protective cap for carbon
brushes
12 - Voltage regulator -C1-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 168
13 - Alternator -C-
❑ Securing battery positive wire ⇒ page 88
❑ Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley ⇒ page 163
14 - Poly V-belt
❑ Process ⇒ power unit; Rep. gr. 13
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13
15 - Hexagon bolt with washer and threaded element
❑ 2 Nm
16 - Poly V-belt tensioning element
Not illustrated
♦ Nut of B+ wire on rear of alternator: 15 Nm
♦ Nut of wire holder on back of alternator : 3.2 Nm

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d
orise Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010
ran
tee ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
h
aut Electrical system or - Edition 07.2010
ac
ss
ce
le
♦ Poly V-belt pulley without freewheel: 65 Nm
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Poly V-belt pulley with freewheel: 80 Nm
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Removing and installing ancillary bracket ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr.
ot
wit
, is n
13
h re
hole
spec
7.4.2 Removing and installing alternator -C-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Locking pin -T10060A- op
c Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
Caution

– Disconnect DF wire connector -1- and pull off protective cap

-2-.
7. Alternator C 91
– Unscrew B+ wire -arrow- from alternator -C- .

Rep. gr. 50 .
Caution
Before removing, mark the top side and direction of rotation of

the poly V-belt. When installing, ensure correct fitting position
and direction of rotation. If the belt is installed in the wrong
position or against direction of rotation, the belt will be de‐
stroyed!
– Mark direction of rotation of poly V-belt.
– Release tension of poly V-belt by swivelling tensioning ele‐

ment in direction of -arrow- using a ring spanner.
– Lock tensioning element using locking pin -T10060A- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Remove poly V-belt. olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove bolts of alternator -C- -arrows-.

rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unscrew wiring retainer -arrow- from alternator -C- .

– Remove alternator -C- .
Installing
following:
Caution
♦ In order to avoid damage to cylinder block, note the dif‐

ferent bolt lengths for aluminium and grey cast iron cylin‐
der blocks when installing the ancillary bracket. ⇒ Engine;
Rep. gr. 13 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw n ol ot g
yV
♦ When installing used poly V-belts observe the direction
ed of
b ua
ran
ris
rotation marked on removal! tho tee
or
u ac
sa
♦ Before installing poly V-belt, make sure all assemblies
s
ce
e
( alternator -C- / air conditioner compressor) are firmly in
nl
pt
du
an
position. itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ When fitting belt, ensure that poly V-belt seats correctly in
ility
ot p
pulleys!
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Drive threaded sleeves -A- roughly 4 mm in
t to the co
-direction of arrow- out of alternator -C- housing.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 93
– Secure wire holder -arrow- on back of alternator -C- in 9

o'clock position.
⇒ page 90 .
Caution
♦ When installing used poly V-belts observe the direction of

rotation marked on removal!
( alternator -C- / air conditioner compressor / vane pump)
are firmly in position.
♦ When fitting poly V-belt, make sure it is properly seated
on the pulleys.
Caution
– Start engine and check belt is running correctly.

AG. Volkswagen A
agen G do
es n
ksw
– Switch off engine. by Vol ot g
ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7.5 Alternator -C- 1.4l FSI engine
7.5.1 Assembly overview
1 - Hexagon bolt
❑ 40 Nm
2 - Washer
3 - Idler roller
4 - Washer
5 - Valve timing housing
6 - Securing nut battery posi‐
tive cable
❑ 15 Nm
7 - Cross-head screw
❑ 4.5 Nm
8 - Hexagon nut
9 - Washer
10 - Protective cap
11 - Cross-head screws
❑ 2 Nm
❑ 2 Nm
wage
13 - Voltage regulator -C1- olks es n
ot g
byV ua
❑ Removing and installing rise
d ran
tee
⇒ page 168 autho
or
ac
ss
14 - Alternator -C-
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ page 96
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
❑ Securing battery posi‐
h re
tive wire ⇒ page 88
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
poly V-belt pulley ⇒ page 163
15 - Poly V-belt
rrectness of i
l purpos

n
ercia

form
m
❑ 23 Nm
atio
com
n in

r
te o
thi
❑ 25 Nm
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
18 - Tensioning element
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
19 - Bracket t. Co py
rig
❑ For tensioning element and air conditioner compressor
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
20 - Hexagon head flange bolt cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90 degrees) further
7. Alternator C 95
21 - Spacer sleeve
Not illustrated
13

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Locking pin -T10060A-

t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum

or
f
en
ng
i t.
Removing
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh
ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution


wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
db
ir se Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf rVariant
an
tee 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
o
auth
Electricalor asystem - Edition 07.2010
ss c
ce
le
– Pull activated charcoal filter -1- upwards out of fasteners
un
pt
an
d
-arrows-.
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Place activated charcoal filter -1- with connected hoses to one
pe
ility
side.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove upper bolt of alternator -C- -arrow-.
n
ercia
format
m
com
Rep. gr. 50 .
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unscrew wiring retainer -1- and pull off protective cap -2-.
– Disconnect DF connector -1- and unscrew battery positive

wire -2- from alternator -C- .
Caution

stroyed!
7. Alternator C 97

ment in direction of -arrow- using an open-jaw spanner.
– Remove poly V-belt.
– Remove bolts of air conditioner compressor -arrows-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Unscrew third bolt -arrow- and remove air conditioner com‐
hole
spec
pressor from bracket.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
Note
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
♦ The hoses of the air conditioner compressor can remain con‐

en
ng
i t.
py Co
nected. t. Co py
rig
gh ht
♦ Suspend the air conditioner compressor -3- using a piece of
yri by
cop Vo
wire -1- at a suitable position under the vehicle until it is ready
by lksw
cted agen
to be reinstalled.
Prote AG.
♦ Ensure that the hoses -2- are not stretched or kinked when
doing this.

– Remove lower bolt of alternator -C- -arrow-.

– Lower alternator -C- out of vehicle.
Installing
following:
Caution

♦ When fitting belt, ensure that poly V-belt seats correctlyeinAG. Volkswagen AG d
pulleys! ag n oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
h
ut ra
sa c
s
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
o'clock position.
nform
mer
a
⇒ page 95 .
m
tion
co
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
priv
cum
r
Caution
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
C
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Switch off engine.
7. Alternator C 99
7.6 Alternator -C- 1.4l, TSI engine
1 - Multi-point socket head bolt

❑ 23 Nm
2 - Upper tensioning roller
Volkswagen AG
3 - Valve timing housingswagen AG. does
olk not
yV gu
4 - Hexagon flange ed b bolts ara
nte
ris
❑ 23 Nm aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
5 - Securing nut battery posi‐
ce
le
un
tive cable
pt
an
d
itte
y li
❑ 15 Nm
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
❑ 4.5 Nm
h re
hole
spec
7 - Hexagon nut
es, in part or in w
t to the co
8 - Washer
9 - Protective cap
rrectness of i
l purpos
❑ 2 Nm
n
ercia
fo
❑ 2 Nm
rm
m
atio
com

n in
r
te o

thi
sd
⇒ page 168
iva
o
r
rp
cu
13 - Alternator -C-
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
⇒ page 90 ht. rig
rig ht
py by
❑ Checking ⇒ page 89 co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

poly V-belt pulley
⇒ page 163
14 - Poly V-belt
❑ Poly V-belt routing ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13
❑ 23 Nm
16 - Centring sleeves
❑ Insert in bracket before installing air conditioner compressor
17 - Lower tensioning roller
18 - Bracket


❑ 45 Nm
Not illustrated
13

wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
Caution
cial p

nform

mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
– Release vacuum hose -arrow- and pull it off.

sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
– Pull off engine cover upwards out of its rubber mountings -1-
m
f
en
ng
and remove it forwards in -direction of arrow-.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 101
– Pull activated charcoal filter -1- upwards out of fasteners

-arrows-.
– Place activated charcoal filter -1- with connected hoses to one
side.
– Remove poly V-belt ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13 .
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove the upper belt tensioner
from the vehicle.
– Remove upper bolt of alternator -C- -arrow-.

Rep. gr. 50 ; Noise insulation .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Unscrew wiring retainer -2-iseand
d b pull off protective cap -1-. ara
nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

wage es n
olks ot g
d by V Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf uVariant
ara 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
rise Electrical
nte system - Edition 07.2010
tho e or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

nected.
♦ Suspend the air conditioner compressor -3- using a piece of
to be reinstalled.
doing this.
– Release and disconnect DF wire connector -1-.

– Lever off protective cap -2-.
7. Alternator C 103
– Remove nut -1- and remove the battery positive wire, located
beneath, from the connector thread of the alternator -C- .
– Unscrew nut -3- and remove wiring retainer -2- from the alter‐
nator -C- .
– Relieve tension on upper tensioning roller again.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
se nte
ori eo
th
au ra
– Unscrew the three bolts -arrows- and remove
ss upper tensioning c
roller -1- from vehicle.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
format
m
Installing
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
following:
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
Caution
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ When installing used poly V-belts observe the direction of gh ht
yri by
rotation marked on removal! cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
pulleys!



o'clock position. wage
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
Note utho
or
a ac
ss
Before installing the air conditioner compressor, ensure that both
ce
e
nl
pt
du
centring sleeves ⇒ Item 16 (page 100) are inserted in the threa‐
an
itte
y li
ded holes (one above the other) of the bracket.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
⇒ page 100 .
ole,
spec
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
Observe notes for battery pole terminal clamp bolt ⇒ page 1 . cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 105
7.7 Alternator -C- 1.6l petrol engine

lksw
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
n o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
ho
7.7.1 Assembly overview ut or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ 23 Nm
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
❑ 23 Nm
spec
3 - Bracket
t to the co
4 - Hexagon flange nut
rrectness of i
❑ 52 Nm
6 - Protective cap
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
❑ 4.5 Nm
in t
or
his
ate
9 - Hexagon nut
do
priv
cum
or
10 - Washer
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
11 - Cross-head screws t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri
❑ 2 Nm
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
12 - Cross-head screw Prote AG.
❑ 2 Nm
⇒ page 168
14 - Alternator -C-
⇒ page 107
15 - Poly V-belt
❑ For alternator -C- and air conditioner compressor
❑ Tightening sequence ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13
17 - Poly V-belt tensioning element
❑ 23 Nm
Not illustrated


13

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
r
Removing
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Caution co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 107

-2-.
Caution
Before removing, mark the top Aside

G. Voand
lkswadirection
gen AG of rotation of
agen ensure correct
the poly V-belt. When oinstalling, fitting
not position
does
lksw
and direction of rotation.
db
y V
If the belt is installed in the gu wrong
ara
position or against direction of rotation, the belt will bentede‐
ise
or eo
h
stroyed! s aut ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Mark direction of rotation of poly V-belt. an

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Release tension of poly V-belt by swivelling tensioning ele‐ wit

is n

h re
ole,
spec

t to the co

rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
c
– Unclip coolant hose from hose bracket -1- and unscrew se‐
r
te o
thi
curing nut -2-.

s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Remove holder together with clamping element from vehicle.
– Remove bolts of alternator -C- -arrows-. agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Installing
nform
ercia
following:
m
at
m
io
Caution
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
r

p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
i
py Co
Co
py
t. rig
gh
position.
ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
pulleys!

7. Alternator C 109

o'clock position. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
– Tighten threaded connections to specified torques ed by ara
nte
⇒ page 106 . thoris
eo
au ra
– Connect battery -A- ⇒ page 4 . ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Caution
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
1 - Hexagon bolt
n in t
o
❑ 40 Nm
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
2 - Washer
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
3 - Idler roller
i
py Co
t. Co py
rig
4 - Washer gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
5 - Valve timing housing Prote
cted AG.
agen

❑ 4.5 Nm
8 - Hexagon nut
9 - Washer
10 - Protective cap
❑ 2 Nm
❑ 2 Nm
⇒ page 168
14 - Alternator -C-
⇒ page 111
15 - Poly V-belt
⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13


❑ 23 Nm
❑ 25 Nm
18 - Tensioning element
19 - Bracket
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90 degrees) further
21 - Spacer sleeve
Not illustrated
13

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
♦ Locking pin -T10060-

ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
Removing
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 111
Caution

observed ⇒ page 4 . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
– Remove upper th bolt of alternator -C- -arrow-.
o
or
s au ac
s
ce
le
Rep. gr. 50 .
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Unscrew wiring retainer -1- and pull off protective cap -2-.
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

stroyed!

– Lock tensioning element using locking pin -T10060- .
– Remove air conditioner compressor ⇒ Heating, ventilation, air
conditioning system; Rep. gr. 87 .

– Remove lower bolt of alternator -C- -arrow-.

Installing
following:
Caution

pulleys!
– Drive threaded sleeves -A- roughly 4 mm in AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
ksw
-direction of arrow- out of alternator -C- housing. byV
ol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
o'clock position.
rrectness of i
⇒ page 110 .
cial p
nform
mer
a
Caution
m
tio
r co
n in
o
Observe notes for battery pole terminal clamp bolt ⇒ page 1 . thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
i
py Co
t. Co py
rig
– Switch off engine. gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 113

❑ 23 Nm
❑ 23 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
3 - Transportation bracket agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
4 - Poly V-belt tensioning ele‐ ir se
d
nte
ment autho eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
sor
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Engine; Rep. gr. 13
ole,
spec
t to the co
❑ 52 Nm
7 - Protective cap
rrectness of i
cial p
❑ 4.5 Nm
nform
mer
10 - Hexagon nut
a
m
tion
11 - Washer
co
in t
or
his
e
at
do
iv
pr
❑ 2 Nm cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
❑ 2 Nm ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
14 - Voltage regulator -C1- by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 168
15 - Alternator -C-
16 - Poly V-belt
Not illustrated


13
Special tools and workshop

equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G
1331-
♦ Spring-type clip pliers -VAS
5024A-
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer

m
tio
r co
n in
Removing
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Caution . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
py
When battery -A- is disconnected and reconnected, the pro‐ co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 115
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.



line -1-.

mounting -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
5024 A- .
rrectness of i

allows.
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 117

– Remove top part of intake manifold.

-2-.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
– Unscrew B+ wire -arrow- from alternator -C- . ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Caution
ole,
spec

t to the co

rrectness of i
stroyed!

cial p
nform
mer

m
tio
o

n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Remove bolts of tensioning element -arrows-.

– Remove tensioning element together with lifting eye -1- out of
vehicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
– Remove alternator -C- from vehicle.

m
r co
n in
Installing
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
or
following:
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 119


o'clock position.
⇒ page 114 .
Caution

position.
pulleys!
Caution
Observe notes for battery pole terminal clamp bolt ⇒ pagen A1G.. Volkswagen AG
age does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed
thoris nte
eo
au ra
– Switch off engine. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop
120
Vo
by lksw
Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS cted agen
Prote AG.

7.10 Alternator -C- 2.0l TFSI engine

❑ 23 Nm
❑ 23 Nm
sor
Engine; Rep. gr. 13
❑ 45 Nm
5 - Protective cap
7 - Cross-head screw AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ 4.5 Nm olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
8 - Hexagon nut horis nte
eo
ut ra
a
9 - Washer ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ 2 Nm
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
❑ 2 Nm
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
⇒ page 168
13 - Alternator -C-
rrectness of i
⇒ page 122
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
14 - Poly V-belt
io
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va

do
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
15 - Poly V-belt tensioning element t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Not illustrated
Prote AG.

7. Alternator C 121

13

equipment required
1331-
5024 A-
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
Removing
t to the co

rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

nform
ercia
m
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen
agen AG do
ksw es n
Vol ot g
– Remove bolts -arrows-. ed
by ua
ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop
Vo
by lksw
cted agen
VAS 5024 A- . Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 123
Note
♦ All hose connections of charge air system are secured with

spring-type clips or push-on connectors. The following points
must be observed for push-on connectors:
♦ Release push-on connection by pulling securing ring -arrow-.
♦ Pull off hose/pipe without tools.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
– Disconnect plug connector -arrow-. tho
r eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Loosen spring-type clip -arrow- using spring-type clip pliers -
VAS 5024 A- .
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
AG.
– Remove hose from vehicle.

– Remove connecting pipe between charge air cooler and tur‐
bocharger.
Caution

stroyed!

– Release tension on poly V-belt by levering back tensioning el‐

ement in -direction of arrow- using an open-jaw spanner and
lock tensioning element with locking pin -T10060- .
– Loosen the threaded connections of the coolant pipe

-arrows-.
Note
The coolant pipe can remain installed. It will have to be loosened

in order to be able to remove the alternator -C- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
db ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
-2-.
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 125
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove alternator -C- from vehicle.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Installing
spec
t to the co
following:
rrectness of i
Caution

cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
position.
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
pulleys!
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
-direction of arrow- out of alternator -C- housing. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

o'clock position.

Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
by ar
All hose connections i of charge air system are secured with ante
d
♦ or se
spring-type clipsautor push-on connectors. The following points e or a
h
must be observed
ss for push-on connectors: c
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ Push on hose or pipe without tools.
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Ensure that locking lugs are securely engaged -arrow-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ page 121 .
spec
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 127
7.11 Alternator -C- 2.5l petrol engine

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
1 - Ancillary bracket Volk not
gu
d by ara
❑ For alternator -C- oand rise nte
eo
auth
ra
sor ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ 25 Nm
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
❑ 25 Nm
hole
spec
4 - Hexagon socket head bolts
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ 25 Nm
❑ Qty. 4
rrectness of i
5 - Protective cap for alternator
-C-
l purpos
nform
ercia
❑ 2 Nm
m
at
m
io
brushes
r co
n in t
o
his
e

at
d
iv
o
r

p
cu
or
⇒ page 168
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
9 - Alternator -C- Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
by
cop Vo
⇒ page 132
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
poly V-belt pulley
⇒ page 163
10 - Poly V-belt
❑ 25 Nm
❑ Qty. 2
Not illustrated
13



Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Disconnect battery
olks
wa-A-
gen⇒ page 4 . oes
not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
thoCaution eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Pull off engine cover upwards and forwards.

h re
hole
spec
– Place lock carrier in service position ⇒ General body repairs,

es, in part or in w
exterior; Rep. gr. 50 .

t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
e

at
d
v
-2-.
i
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 129
Caution

stroyed!
– Remove the upper idler wheel, lower idler wheel and the poly
V-belt tensioner for alternator -C- and coolant pump ⇒ Engine;
. Volkswagen AG
Rep. gr. 13 . swa
gen AG does
olk not
yV gu
db ara
– Remove bolts hof
or alternator
ise
-C- -arrows-. nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Unscrew wiring retainer from alternator -C- -arrow-.
– Take alternator -C- out upwards.
cial p
Installing
nform
mer
a
m
ti
following:
o
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
Caution
do
p
cum
for
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
rotation marked on removal! C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Before installing poly V-belt, make sure all assemblies cop Vo
by lksw
( alternator -C- / air conditioner compressor) are firmly in cted agen
Prote AG.
position.
pulleys!
– Drive threaded sleeves -A- roughly 4 mm in direction of arrow

out of alternator -C- housing.


o'clock position.
⇒ page 128 .
Caution

– Switch off engine. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
7.12 Alternator -C- 1.9l diesel engine tho
rise nte
eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
❑ 20 Nm
ole,
spec
2 - Poly V-belt tensioning ele‐
t to the co
ment
rrectness of i
❑ 20 Nm
cial p

nfo
sor
mer
rmatio
om
n in
Engine; Rep. gr. 13

or c
thi
te
sd

iva
o
pr
cu
❑ 40 Nm
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ 40 Nm gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
7 - Hexagon bolt with washer Prote
cted AG.
agen
and threaded element
❑ 2 Nm
-C-
❑ 2 Nm
brushes
⇒ page 168
12 - Alternator -C-
⇒ page 132
7. Alternator C 131
13 - Poly V-belt
Not illustrated
♦ Removing and installing ancillary bracket ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. AG. Volkswagen
13 lksw
agen AG do
es n
o ot g
yV ua
db
7.12.2 Removing and installing alternator -C- ho
rise ran
tee
aut or
ac
Special tools and workshop equipment requiredss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
Caution


– Pull engine cover off upwards -arrows A- and forwards

-arrow B-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
Note
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Separate push-on connectors -1-.
– Unclip fuel hoses -2- and remove charge air hose.
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
– Pull off vacuum hose -1-. Prote AG.
– Disconnect connector -2-.

7. Alternator C 133
– Unscrew bolt -arrow-.

Rep. gr. 50 .
– Remove bolt of charge air pipe -arrow-.
– Separate push-fit coupling of charge air pipe -arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Remove charge air pipe upwards. olksw
agen oes
not
V gu
d by ara
se nte
ori eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
-2-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Pull fuel filter out of bracket and place to one side. When doing
this, the fuel hoses can remain connected.
Caution

stroyed!

wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove poly V-belt. t to the co

rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 135

Installing
following:
Caution

swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol g
♦ Before installing d b poly V-belt, make sure all assemblies
y ua
ran
ise
( alternatortho -C- / air conditioner compressor) are firmly ein
r te
or
position.
s au ac
s
ce
le

un
pt
pulleys!
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi

sd
iva
o'clock position.
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ Push on hose or pipe without tools.
♦ Ensure that locking lugs are securely engaged -arrow-

⇒ page 131 .
Caution

wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 137
7.13 Alternator -C- 1.9l diesel engine with

diesel particle filter

❑ 20 Nm
ment
❑ 20 Nm
4 - Ancillary bracket n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
❑ For alternator -C- and Volks ot g
by ua
air conditioner compres‐ ir se
d ran
tee
sor tho
or
au ac
❑ Observe specified tight‐ ss
ce
ening sequence ⇒ En‐ le
un
pt
an
gine; Rep. gr. 13
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
❑ Observe specified tight‐
wit
, is n
h re
ening sequence ⇒ En‐
hole
gine; Rep. gr. 13
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ 40 Nm
t to the co
rrectness of i
gine; Rep. gr. 13
l purpos
❑ 40 Nm
n
ercia
7 - Hexagon bolt with washer
form
m
atio
com
❑ 2 Nm
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
-C-
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ 2 Nm C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
10 - Protective cap for carbon copy Vo
by lksw
brushes cted agen
Prote AG.

12 - Alternator -C-
13 - Poly V-belt

Not illustrated
♦ Nut of wire clip on back of alternator : 3.2 Nm
13 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec
Removing
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 139
– First pull engine cover upwards -arrows A- and then forwards

-arrow B-.
Note

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
e
– Separate hose connection -arrows-.
horis tee
t or
au ac
– Remove charge air pipe -1-s upwards.
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos
-2-.
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Caution

stroyed!


wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 141
wage es n
Volks ot g
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ ed,bGolf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
y ua
ran
ris tee
Electrical system uth - Edition 07.2010
o
or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
Installing
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
following:
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
♦ In order to avoid damage to cylinder block and ancillaries
rrectness of i
bracket, adhere strictly to the tightening sequence for the
l purpos
ancillaries bracket ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13 .

n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
position.
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
pulleys!
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Drive threaded sleeves -A- roughly 4 mm in co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

o'clock position.

Note

♦ Push on hose or pipe without tools. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
♦ Ensure that locking lugs are securely engaged -arrow- sed by ara
nte
ori eo
th
au ra
ss c
⇒ page 138 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Caution
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 143
7.14 Alternator -C- 2.0l SDI engine

❑ 20 Nm lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d
2 - Poly V-belt tensioning ele‐ oris
e ran
tee
ment auth or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ 20 Nm
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
sor
spec
t to the co
gine; Rep. gr. 13
rrectness of i
❑ 40 Nm
cial p
nform
gine; Rep. gr. 13
mer
atio
m
r co
n i
❑ 40 Nm
n
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
c
um
for
gine; Rep. gr. 13
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co
py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ 2 Nm
by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
8 - Protective cap
Prote AG.

⇒ page 168
10 - Alternator -C-
⇒ page 145
11 - Poly V-belt
❑ Process for poly V-belt ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13
Not illustrated


13

AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331- agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
py
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
Caution


-arrow B-.
7. Alternator C 145

-2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

n
ercia
f
ormat
m
com
ion
stroyed!
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
– Release tension of poly V-belt by swivelling tensioning ele‐ Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.



Installing
following:

Caution n AG. Volkswagen AG do

wage es n
V olks ot
♦ In order to avoid damage d by to cylinder block and ancillariesguar
an
ir se
bracket, adhere strictly
tho to the tightening sequence for the tee
or
ancillaries bracket
s au ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13 . ac
s
ce
e

nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,
spec

pulleys!
t to the co

rrectness of i
⇒ page 144 .
cial p
nform
Caution
mer
a
m
tio

r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 147
7.15 Alternator -C- 2.0l diesel engine

❑ 20 Nm
ment
❑ 20 Nm
sor
❑ Tightening sequence ⇒ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Engine; Rep. gr. 13 olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
5 - Hexagon head flange bolts horis nte
eo
ut ra
❑ 40 Nm ss
a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
❑ 40 Nm
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
❑ 2 Nm
h re
ole,
spec
8 - Protective cap
t to the co
⇒ page 168
rrectness of i
10 - Alternator -C-
⇒ page 148
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
e
11 - Poly V-belt
t
sd
ir va
o
p
um
for
en
g
❑ Process for poly V-belt ⇒ Engine; Rep. gr. 13

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Not illustrated Prote
cted AG.
agen

13


AG. Volkswagen AG d
Carry out following procedures: lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
Removing rised ara
nte
ho eo
– Disconnect battery -A- ut
⇒s apage 4. ra
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Caution an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co

rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 149
– Pull off vacuum hoses -arrows-.

-2-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution

cial p

nform

mer

a
m
tio
stroyed!
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p

um
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.



wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
ti

o
r co
n in
o
thi

te
s
ir va
do
Installing
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
i
py Co
Co
following:
py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
Caution
cted agen
Prote AG.

position.
pulleys!
7. Alternator C 151


o'clock position.
⇒ page 148 .
Caution

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7.16 Alternator -C- 2.0l CR diesel engine
1 - Hexagon bolt with washer

❑ 2 Nm
-C-
❑ 2 Nm
brushes
⇒ page 168
6 - Alternator -C-
⇒ page 153
7 - Poly V-belt
❑ Poly V-belt routing ⇒
Engine; Rep. gr. 13 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
❑ Checking ⇒ page 88 y Volks ot g
u b ara
ed nte
8 - Hexagon head flange hobolts
ris e
ut or
❑ 20 Nm ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Not illustrated
t to the co

rrectness of i

cial p
nform

mer
13
a
m
tion
co

in t
or
his
ate
do
iv

pr
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 153
. Volkswage
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 w➤
age,nJetta 2005 ➤ AG does
AG n
olks not
db
y V gu
ar
e an
ris tee
tho
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331- au or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
Removing
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
Caution
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng

i t.
py Co
observed ⇒ page 4 . Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
– Holding engine cover at corners -arrows-, jerk it upwards out Prote AG.
of attachment points.
– Place lock carrier in service position ⇒ General body repairs,
Caution

stroyed!

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Golf Variant
Vol
ksw 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant
es n
2010
ot g ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
by ua
ir se
d Electrical system ra-n Edition 07.2010
t ee
ho
aut or
ac
– Remove the two bolts of air conditioner
ss compressor -arrows-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
nected.
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Until reinstallation, suspend air conditioner compressor at a
suitable position under vehicle using a piece of wire.
t to the co
♦ When doing this, ensure that hoses are not stretched or
kinked.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove nut -1- and remove the battery positive wire, located
beneath, from the connector thread of the alternator -C- .
– Unscrew nut -3- and remove wiring retainer -2- from the alter‐
nator -C- .
– Unscrew both bolts -1- and nuts -2- of fuel filter -3- and place
filter to one side. The fuel hoses can then remain connected.
7. Alternator C 155
– Remove the two bolts -arrows- of alternator -C- .

Installing
following:
Caution

position.
pulleys!
– Drive threaded sleeves -A- roughly 4 mm in direction of arrow

out of alternator -C- housing.
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
o'clock position.
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


⇒ page 153 .
Caution
Before installing engine cover, check correct position of 4 at‐

tachment elements (ball sockets) and return these to their
position. Otherwise, engine cover will be damaged.
– Place engine cover on attachment points and press into lock‐

ing points at corners.
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 157
7.17 Alternator -C- 2.0l TSI engine

❑ 20 Nm
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Washer
❑ 4.5 Nm
5 - Hexagon nut
❑ 15 Nm
6 - Hexagon nut
-C-
❑ 2 Nm
⇒ page 169
10 - Alternator -C-
⇒ page 159
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Checking ⇒ page 89 lkswagen oes
not
Vo gu
❑ Securing battery posi‐ ed by ara
nte
tive wire ⇒ pagethori88
s
eo
u ra
❑ Removing and ss installing
a c
poly V-belt pulley
ce
e
nl
pt
⇒ page 163
du
an
itte
y li
erm
11 - Poly V-belt
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
rrectness of i
Not illustrated
cial p
nform

mer
a
m
ti

o
r co
n in
o
thi

te
s
ir va
13
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do Electrical system - Edition 07.2010
wage es n
Volks ot g
y
db ua
e ran
ris tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
equipment required
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
1331-
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Locking pin -T10060 A-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
5024 A-
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
Caution

7. Alternator C 159
– Disconnect plug connector -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Loosen spring-type clip -arrow- using spring-type clip pliers -
wit
VAS 5024 A- .
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nfo
mer
rmatio
om
– Remove bolts -arrows-. n in

or c
thi
e
– Remove charge air hose from vehicle.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unfasten clip -1- and remove hose -2- from activated charcoal
filter.
Note
For reasons of clarity, the activated charcoal filter bracket is

shown removed in the following illustration. The bracket does not
need to be removed to release the filter.

– Slightly lift locking lug on rear of bracket -arrow- using a suit‐

able screwdriver and pull activated charcoal filter -1- upwards
out of bracket -2-.
– Place activated charcoal filter -1- with connected hose to one
side.
Caution

stroyed!
– Remove both bolts -arrows- and put coolant pipes and hose
-1- up to make room for removing alternator -C- .
Note
Coolant pipes and hose can remain connected.

Rep. gr. 50 .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
161
y cop Vo
lksw
b
Prote
cted AG. 7. Alternator C
agen

Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
♦ The hoses of the air conditioner ised compressor can remain con‐
b ara
nte
nected. hor eo
aut ra
Suspend the air conditioner compressor -3- using a piece of
s c
♦ s
ce
e
nl
pt
to be reinstalled. du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
doing this.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the two lower bolts -arrows- of alternator -C- from
t to the co
below.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co py
– Remove the two bolts -arrows- of alternator -C- . t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop
– Swing alternator -C- slightly to the left to gain access to con‐
Vo
by lksw
cted agen
nections on generator side. Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Remove nut -2- and remove the battery positive cable -1-, lo‐
pe
ility
cated beneath, from the connector thread of the alternator -
ot
wit
, is n
C- .
h re
hole
– Lift alternator -C- out of vehicle.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
following:
rrectness of i
l purpos
Caution
n
ercia
for
m
m
atio
com
n in
r

te o
thi
position.
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
pulleys!
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
– Tighten threaded connections to specified torques by lksw
cted agen
⇒ page 158 .
Prote AG.
Caution

7.18 Removing and installing poly-V belt pul‐

ley on alternator -C-
7.18.1 Removing and installing poly V-belt pul‐

ley (without freewheel)
7. Alternator C 163
♦ Socket -VAS 3310- n AG. Volkswagen AG do

wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Carry out following procedures: rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Removing cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove alternator -C- ⇒ page 88 .

– Clamp alternator -C- in a vice at holding points of alternator.
– Use socket -VAS 3310- to unscrew poly-V-belt pulley nut from
alternator shaft.
Installing
ing:
⇒ page 158 .
7.18.2 Removing and installing poly V-belt pul‐

ley (with freewheel, Bosch)

♦ Multipoint adapter -VAS 3400-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
– Remove protective cap from poly V-belt pulley with freewheel.
cial p
nform
mer
Note
atio
m
r co
The thread on the alternator shaft is left-handed. To loosen the n in

o
thi
e
connection, turn clockwise, and to tighten it, turn anti-clockwise.

t
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
– Insert multi-point adapter -VAS 3400- with ring spanner in al‐

en
ng
i t.
ternator -C- poly V-belt pulley with freewheel.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 165
– Insert an M10 multi-point bit -1- into alternator shaft.

– Loosen threaded connection by turning clockwise. Counter‐
hold with ring spanner when doing this.
– Hold poly V-belt pulley with freewheel by hand. Turn drive
shaft of alternator -C- until poly V-belt pulley with freewheel
AG. Volkswagen AG d
can be removed. ksw
agen oes
n ol ot g
yV ua
Installing edb ran
ris tee
ho
Install in the reverse order of removal.
aut When doing this, note the or
ac
following: ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– First screw poly V-belt pulley with freewheel on drive shaft of
an
itte
y li
alternator -C- by hand as far as limit stop.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The torque wrench -V.A.G 1332- must be modified for assembly
wit
is n
of poly V-belt with freewheel as follows:
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Release socket drive -1- and pull off grip -2-.
rrectness of i
– Turn grip -2- of torque wrench by 180 degrees and reinsert
socket drive.
cial p
nform
– Set turning direction of torque wrench to anti-clockwise on
mer
socket drive.
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
– Insert an M10 multi-point bit -1- into alternator shaft. y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Counterhold using multi-point adapter -VAS 3400- and ring
spanner.
– Tighten poly V-belt pulley with freewheel by turning alternator
-C- drive shaft anti-clockwise using torque wrench -V.A.G
1332- .
⇒ page 158 .

7.18.3 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley (with freewheel, Valeo)

equipment required
♦ Multipoint adapter -VAS
3400-
1332-
♦ TORX driver bit -V.A.G
1603/1-
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Removing ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
– Remove alternator -C- ⇒ page 88 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove protective cap from poly V-belt pulley with freewheel.
Note
The thread on the alternator shaft is left-handed. To loosen the

connection, turn clockwise, and to tighten it, turn anti-clockwise.
– Insert multi-point adapter -VAS 3400- with ring spanner in al‐

ternator -C- poly V-belt pulley with freewheel.
7. Alternator C 167
– Insert TORX driver bit -V.A.G 1603/1- in alternator shaft.

– Loosen threaded connection by turning clockwise. Counter‐
hold with ring spanner when doing this.
– Hold poly V-belt pulley with freewheel by hand. Turn drive
shaft of alternator -C- until poly V-belt pulley with freewheel
can be removed.
Installing
following:
– First screw poly V-belt pulley with freewheel on drive shaft of
alternator -C- by hand as far as limit stop.
The torque wrench -V.A.G 1332- must be modified for assembly
of poly V-belt with freewheel as follows:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
– Release socket drive -1- and pull off ugrip
th -2-.
o eo
ra
sa c
– Turn grip -2- of torque wrench by 180 degrees and reinsert
s
ce
e
socket drive.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Set turning direction of torque wrench to anti-clockwise on
erm
ab
socket drive.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Insert TORX driver bit -V.A.G 1603/1- in alternator shaft.
– Counterhold using multi-point adapter -VAS 3400- and ring
cial p
spanner.
nform
mer
– Tighten poly V-belt pulley with freewheel by turning alternator a

m
t
-C- drive shaft anti-clockwise using torque wrench -V.A.G
ion
co
1332- .
in t
or
his
ate

do
priv
⇒ page 158 .
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7.19 Voltage regulator -C1- for alternator -C-
7.19.1 Removing and installing voltage regula‐

tor -C1- (Bosch)

♦ Torque screwdriver -V.A.G 1624-
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Undo bolt and nuts -arrows- and detach protective cap from
spec
alternator -C- .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
v
– Remove bolts for voltage regulator -C1- -arrows-.

i
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
– Remove voltage regulator -C1- from alternator -C- .

en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co py
Installing ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 158 .
7.19.2 Removing and installing voltage regula‐

tor -C1- (Valeo)
7. Alternator C 169
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1783/-

Removing
– Remove clamping rings -arrows- and detach protective cap
from alternator -C- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove bolts for voltage regulator -C1- -arrows-.

t to the co
– Remove voltage regulator -C1- from alternator -C- .

Installing
rrectness of i
following:
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and pull protective cap off volt‐
for
en
ng
age regulator -C1- . i t.

py Co
Co py
– Press carbon brushes into housing of voltage regulator -C1-
t. rig
gh ht
yri
and insert voltage regulator -C1- in alternator -C- .
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 158 .

– Push protective cap in guides -arrows- Auntil

G. Volit
kscan
wagebe
n AGheard to
engage. agen does
ksw not
Vol gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Alternator C 171
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 d ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
by gu
ara
ir se nte
Electrical system - Edition 07.2010th o eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
8 Cruise control system (CCS)
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se Golf Variant 2007
tee ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
tho
or
s au ac Electrical system - Edition 07.2010
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
90 – Gauges, instruments
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
1 Dash panel insert
h re
ole,
spec
General description
t to the co
The following components are integrated in the dash panel insert:
♦ Control unit in dash panel insert -J285-
rrectness of i
♦ immobiliser control unit -J362-
♦ Speedometer -G21-
cial p
nform
♦ Rev. counter -G5-
mer
♦ Fuel gauge -G1-
atio
m
r co
n
♦ Coolant temperature gauge -G3-
in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
♦ Multifunction display
o
p
cum
or
♦ Warning lamps ⇒ page 176

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
To provide acoustic support to some of the visual displays, the C py
ht. rig
dash panel features a warning buzzer, which is actuated by the rig ht
py by
control unit in dash panel insert -J285- .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
All warning lamps are fitted with light-emitting diodes (LEDs). No
provision is made for dash panel insert repair. If necessary, the
dash panel insert is renewed as a unit ⇒ page 173 .
The data bus diagnostic interface -J533- is an individual control
unit and not part of the dash panel insert ⇒ page 467 , unlike on
several other vehicles.
Fault detection and fault display
The dash panel insert is equipped with self-diagnosis.
For fault finding, use vehicle diagnosis, testing and information
system -VAS 5051B- in „Guided fault finding“ mode.
1.1 Renewing dash panel insert

The procedure „Renewing dash panel insert“ covers the following
additional tasks:
♦ If a new dash panel insert is installed in the vehicle, the control
unit in dash panel insert -J285- must be adjusted to the differ‐
ent equipment features and associated country settings.
♦ To adapt integrated immobiliser control unit -J362- to engine
control unit -J623- , data from engine control unit -J623- must
be stored in replacement dash panel insert.
♦ Furthermore, if a new dash panel insert is installed, all ignition
keys must be adapted.
1. Dash panel insert 173

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 o➤
lksw
a
not
yV gu
Electrical system - Edition 07.2010 ise
d b ara
nte
r
ho eo
ut ra
♦ Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information systemss-VAS
a c
5051B-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system - mer
VAS 5051B- .
a
m
tio
r co
n in
– On vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS
o
thi
5051B- select „Guided fault finding“.
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co
♦ Body
py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Electrical system cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ 01 - On Board Diagnosis capable systems
♦ Dash panel insert
♦ Functions of dash panel insert
♦ Adapting/renewing dash panel insert
1.2 Removing and installing dash panel in‐

sert (up to MY2009)
Note
Before removing the dash panel insert, the work procedure „Re‐
newing dash panel insert“ must always be carried out in order that
the data stored in the control unit in dash panel insert -J285- can
be interrogated ⇒ page 173 .
Caution


Removing
Note
There is no need to remove the steering wheel.
– Pull out steering wheel fully and engage steering wheel in low‐
est position.
174 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments

– Remove upper part of steering column trim ⇒ General body

repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 .
– Remove bolts -arrows- from dash panel insert.
Note
When pulling out dash panel insert, there is no need to separate

the connectors. The connections comprise of one part that is fixed
to the vehicle and are thus separated automatically when the
dash panel insert is pulled out.
– Pull dash panel insert out of dash panel.

Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
1.3 Removing and installing dash panel in‐
Vo gu
d by ara
ise nte
sert (from MY2010)
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Note
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Before removing the dash panel insert, the work procedure „Re‐
ot p
newing dash panel insert“ must always be performed to read out
wit
is n
h re
the data stored in the control unit in dash panel insert -J285-
ole,
⇒ page 173 .
spec
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer

atio
m
r co
Removing
in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
Note
um
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
There is no need to remove the steering wheel. Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
– Pull out steering wheel fully and engage steering wheel in low‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
est position.
AG.
– Remove upper part of steering column trim ⇒ General body

– Remove bolts -arrows- from dash panel insert.
– Pull dash panel insert backwards straight out of dash panel,
taking connected wiring length into consideration.

– Release retaining clip -1- in direction of -arrow- and disconnect

connector -2-.
– Remove dash panel insert from vehicle.
Installing
following:
– Tighten bolted connections to 1.5 Nm. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
1.4 Back of dash panel insert (up to nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
MY2009)
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Note
ole,
spec
The dash panel insert must not be dismantled. If necessary, the
t to the co
dash panel insert is renewed as a unit.
rrectness of i
Back
1- 36-pin connector
2- Warning buzzer
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
1.5 Back of dash panel insert (from
in t
or
his
ate
MY2010)
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
Back
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h ht
rig by
py
Note co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The dash panel insert must not be dismantled. If necessary, the
dash panel insert is renewed as a unit.
1- Warning buzzer
2- 32-pin connector
1.6 Pin assignment of connectors at dash

panel insert
For pin assignment of connectors on dash panel insert, refer to
⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting loca‐
tions.
1.7 Warning lamp symbols on dash panel

insert (up to MY2009)
Note
Different versions of dash panel insert are installed depending on

the vehicle equipment level. Therefore, the arrangement of the
warning lamps may differ.

1 - Emissions warning lamp -

K83-
2 - Fault warning lamp for elec‐
tric accelerator mechanism -
K132-
❑ Only vehicles with petrol
engine
3 - immobiliser warning lamp -
K115-
4 - Warning lamp for alternator
-K2-
5 - Bulb failure warning lamp -
K170-
6 - Warning lamp for rear fog
light -K13-
7 - Coolant shortage warning
lamp -K36-
8 - Brake pad warning lamp -
K32-
9 - Washer fluid level warning
lamp -K37- wage
es ks not
Vol gu
10 - Reserveefuel
d b warning lamp
y ara
nte
-K16- thoris eo
au ra
11 - Airbag
ss warning lamp -K75- c
ce
e
nl
pt
12 - Seat belt warning system

du
an
itte
warning lamp -K19-

y li
erm
ab
ility
13 - ABS warning lamp -K47-

ot p
wit
, is n
14 - ESP and TCS warning

h re
hole
lamp -K155-
spec
es, in part or in w
15 - Brake system warning

t to the co
lamp -K118-
16 - Cruise control system warning lamp -K31-
rrectness of i
17 - Warning lamp for daytime running lights -K205-

l purpos
18 - Tyre pressure monitor warning lamp -K220-

nform
ercia
19 - Water in fuel
m
20 - Rear seat backrest lock warning lamp -K193-

at
m
io
r co
21 - Selector lever lock warning lamp -K169-

in t
o
his
te
❑ only on vehicles with automatic gearbox

a
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
22 - Oil level warning lamp -K38-

m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
23 - Bonnet open warning lamp -K171- Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
24 - Door open warning lamp -K166- p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
25 - Oil pressure warning lamp -K3- Prote AG.
26 - Main beam warning lamp -K1-

27 - Steering wheel heating
28 - Warning lamp for trailer operation -K18-
29 - Glow period warning lamp -K29-
❑ Only vehicles with diesel engine

30 - Fuel tank flap lock warning lamp -K201-

31 - Warning lamp for diesel particle filter -K231-
32 - Electromechanical power steering warning lamp -K161-
1.8 Warning lamp symbols on dash panel

insert (from MY2010)
Note
Different versions of dash panel insert are installed depending on

vehicle equipment. Therefore, the arrangement of the warning
lamps may differ.
1 - Glow period warning lamp -

K29-
❑ Only vehicles with die‐
sel engine
2 - Fault warning lamp for elec‐
tric accelerator mechanism -
K132-
❑ Only vehicles with petrol
engine
3 - Warning lamp for diesel par‐
ticle filter -K231-
4 - Oil pressure warning lamp -
K3- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
5 - Bulb failure warning lamp - ed byV ua
ran
K170- horis tee
ut or
a ac
6 - Warning lamp for rear fog ss
light -K13- ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
7 - Washer fluid level warning

y li
erm
ab
lamp -K37-
ility
ot p
8 - Main beam warning lamp -

wit
is n
h re
K1-
ole,
spec
9 - Seat belt warning system

warning lamp -K19-
t to the co
10 - ABS warning lamp -K47-

rrectness of i
11 - ESP and TCS warning

lamp -K155-
12 - Brake system warning
cial p
lamp -K118-
nform
mer
13 - Warning lamp for cruise

atio
m
control system -K31-

r co
n in
o
14 - Tyre pressure monitor

thi
te
sd
warning lamp -K220-

ir va
o
p
cum
or
15 - Brake pad warning lamp -K32-

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
16 - „Operate foot brake“ warning lamp t. Co py
rig
gh
❑ Only vehicles with dual clutch gearbox (DSG)
ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

17 - Reserve fuel warning lamp -K16-

18 - Door open warning lamp -K166-
19 - Rear lid open warning lamp -K127-
20 - Airbag warning lamp -K75-
21 - Emissions warning lamp -K83-
22 - Electromechanical power steering warning lamp -K161-
23 - Coolant shortage warning lamp -K36-
24 - Warning lamp for alternator -K2-
25 - Not assigned
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Service interval display
yV
olks
wage es n
ot g
b ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au
2.1 Resetting service interval display
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions of work
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

92 – Windscreen wash/wipe system

Volkswa n AG. gen AG
wage does
olks not
1 Windscreen wiper system
ris
ed
by
V gu
ara
nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss Caution
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
General description
t to the co
The wiper motor control unit -J400- and the windscreen wiper
motor -V- are combined to form one unit.
rrectness of i
To remove the wiper blades, the wiper arms should be placed in
the „service/winter position“. The „service/winter position“ is acti‐
l purpos
vated within 10 seconds after ignition is switched off by pressing

the windscreen wiper lever in position „tip wipe“ ⇒ Operating
n
ercia
manual .
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
The on-board supply control unit -J519- is equipped with self-di‐

te o
thi
agnosis.
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng

i t.
py Co
Co py
Additional information ⇒ Operating instructions
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted
1.1 Deactivating wiper motor control unit -
agen
Prote AG.
J400- APP function

5051B-
The windscreen wiper system is equipped with an APP function

(alternating park position).
With the APP function, the wiper arm is moved up slightly once it
has reached the lowest position. This occurs every second time
the wiper system is switched off.
The wiper motor must be set to the bottom park position for at‐
taching the crank to the motor. This is done by deactivating the
APP function (coding wiper motor control unit -J400- ).
1. Windscreen wiper system 181

Note
♦ The APP function cannot be activated.

♦ After 100 cycles of wiper movement, the APP function is acti‐
vated automatically. This applies to wiper motors on which the
APP function has been deactivated and also to new wiper mo‐
tors.
Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
– On vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- select „Guided fault finding“.
♦ Body
♦ Onboard supply control unit
♦ Functions - onboard supply control unit
♦ Coding wiper electronics control unit / deactivating APP func‐
tion
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
182 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system

1.2 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system
1 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
2 - Joint-free wipers
⇒ page 190
❑ Adjusting park position
⇒ page 188
3 - Wiper arms
⇒ page 185
4 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
5 - Wiper frame with linkage
⇒ page 186
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
6 - Wiper motor -V- with kswiper
wag does
not
Vol
motor control united-J400-
by gu
ara
ris nte
❑ Removing utho from wiper eo
framess and installing
a ra
c
⇒ page 186 ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ Coding wiper motor

an
itte
y li
control unit -J400- and
erm
ab
deactivating APP func‐
ility
ot p
tion ⇒ page 181

wit
, is n
h re
7 - Rubber grommet in bulk‐

hole
spec
head
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Observe installation
notes ⇒ page 188
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Not illustrated
m
at
m
io
r co
♦ Wiper motor -V- bolts to wiper frame with linkage – 8 Nm

in t
o
his
te
♦ Wiper motor crank to wiper motor shaft: 18 Nm

a
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
1.3 Removing and installing windscreen

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
wiper system Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
Caution
cted agen
Prote AG.


♦ Release lever -80-200-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Puller -T10369-
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n i
1.3.1 Removing windscreen wiper system
n
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
Procedure
p
cum
for
en
g
– Deactivate APP function ⇒ page 181 .

n
i t.
py Co
Co py
– Allow wiper to move to park position and then switch ignition
t. rig
gh ht
yri
off.
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Before the wiper frame with linkage and wiper motor can be re‐
moved, first remove the wiper arms, the plenum chamber cover
and the air duct trim.

1.3.2 Removing wiper arms

– Lever off the cover caps -arrows- using a suitable screwdriver.
– Remove securing nut -arrows-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
– Slide legs of puller -T10369/1- -2- under wiper arm -4- as
ce
e
nl
pt
shown in the illustration.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Caution
ot p
wit
is n
h re
The wiper shaft may be damaged.
ole,
spec
Always use the thrust piece -3- to loosen the wiper arm.
t to the co
– Turn thrust bolt -1- of puller clockwise until thrust piece -3-
rrectness of i
comes into contact with wiper shaft. Turn thrust bolt -1- of
puller clockwise using an Allen key until wiper arm -4- comes
off shaft.
cial p
– Remove puller and wiper arm.
nform
mer
atio
1.3.3 Removing plenum chamber cover
m
r co
n in
o
thi
Removing and installing plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body
te
sd
ir va
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 64 .

o
p
cum
for
1.3.4 Removing air ducting trim

en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co py
– Remove bolt -1- and nut -2- from air duct trim -3-.
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
– Take air duct trim -3- upwards out of vehicle.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.3.5 Removing wiper frame with linkage and

wiper motor -V-
Procedure
– Remove bolts -arrows- and pull wiper frame -2- upwards off
vehicle.
1.3.6 Removing wiper motor -V- from wiper

frame
Procedure
wage e
– Lever ball end -arrow- of linkage yV
-1-
o off motor crank using re‐s not g
lks
lease lever -80-200- . ed
b ua
ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove nut -1-.

rrectness of i
– Pull motor crank -2- off wiper motor shaft.

l purpos
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove wiper motor -V- together

with wiper motor control unit -J400- from wiper frame.
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.3.7 Installing wiper motor -V- in wiper frame

Procedure
– Insert wiper motor -V- with wiper motor control unit -J400- in
wiper frame and secure it with bolts -arrows-.
⇒ page 183 .
– Place motor crank -1- on shaft of wiper motor -V- .
Distance -a- to limit stop -2- should be 3 ± 1 mm.

– Connect motor crank to shaft of wiper motor -V- using nut
-3-.
⇒ page 183 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
– Press ball head -arrow- of linkage -1- onto motor crank.

du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.3.8 Installing windscreen wiper system

Procedure
– Install wiper frame in reverse order of removal. Note when in‐
stalling that securing pin -2- of wiper frame must be inserted
in grommet -1- in plenum chamber bulkhead.
⇒ page 183 .
– Fit connector to wiper motor -V- connection and lock in posi‐
tion.
– Install air cowling and plenum chamber cover in reverse order
of removal.
– Install the plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body repairs,
– Install wiper arms ⇒ page 188 .
1.4 Removing and installing wiper arms olksw

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
V gu
by ara
Removing rised
nte
tho eo
– Removing wiper arms ⇒ page 185 ss
au ra
c
ce
le
Installing
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Note
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Nuts of wiper arms are not tightened to specified torque until after
hole
spec
wiper blade park position has been adjusted.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– To move wiper motor -V- to park position, switch wipers on and
rrectness of i
off with ignition on.
l purpos
– Insert wiper arms in approximate park position onto wiper arm

shafts and tighten nuts -arrows- by hand.
n
ercia
f
– Adjust windscreen wiper blade park position ⇒ page 188 .
orm
m
atio
com
– Install the cover and the trim.
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.5 Adjusting wiper blade park position


AG. Volkswagen AG d Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
agen
Volksw
oes
not Electrical system - Edition 07.2010
by gu
d ara
se nte
ri
♦ Torque
utho wrench -V.A.G 1331- eo
a ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
On RHD vehicles, the wiper blades are a mirror image of those

m
at
on LHD vehicles.
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
e
Procedure
at
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– Allow wiper to move to park position and then switch ignition
Co
op py
off. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
– Now adjust windscreen wiper blade park position.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Driver side
Distance -A- between end of wiper blade and upper edge of ple‐
num chamber cover must be 10 mm.
– If necessary, adjust wiper blade park position by moving wiper
arm.
Removing wiper arms ⇒ page 185
– Tighten threaded connection to specified torque ⇒ page 183 .
Front passenger side

Distance -B- between end of wiper blade and upper edge of ple‐
num chamber cover must be 10 mm.
– If necessary, adjust wiper blade park position by moving wiper
arm.
Removing wiper arms ⇒ page 185
– Tighten threaded connection to specified torque ⇒ page 183 .

1.6 Removing and installing joint-free wiper

blades
Note
♦ Driver and front passenger wiper blades must not be inter‐

changed during installation.
♦ Joint-free wiper blades are very flexible. To lift the wiper blades
off the windscreen, touch them only in the area in which the
wiper blades are attached to the wipers.
♦ To remove the wiper blades, the wiper arms should be placed
in the „service/winter position“. The „service/winter position“ is
activated within 10 seconds after ignition is switched off by
pressing the windscreen wiper lever in position „tip wipe“.
Removing
– Place wiper arms in „service/winter position“ by pressing wind‐
screen wiper lever to „flick wipe“ position 10 seconds after
ignition has been switched off.
– Lift up wiper arm.
– Turn wiper blade -1- on wiper arm onto stop -arrow A-.
– Pull wiper blade -1- off axis of wiper arm -arrow B-.
Installing
– Slide wiper blade onto axis of wiper arm. AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
– Turn wiper blade on axis of wiper olks onto stop.
arm
V ot g
by u ara
ed nte
– Carefully fold wiper arm backris
tho down onto windscreen. e or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
1.7 Removing and installing rain and light

wit
is n
sensor -G397-
h re
ole,
spec
If an intact rain and light sensor -G397- has to be removed from

t to the co
its retaining plate on the windscreen (replacement of windscreen),

it can be subsequently reinstalled. If the front windscreen is
cracked in the area of the rain and light sensor -G397- before
rrectness of i
removal, the rain and light sensor -G397- cannot be used again.
On removal, store the rain and light sensor -G397- in a dust-free
location until reinstallation and ensure the silicone contact pad is
cial p
not soiled.
nform
mer
Caution
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi

te
s
a
do
ir v
p

um
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
Removing gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
– Remove interior mirror ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
gr. 68 .

– Disconnect connector -A- from rain and light sensor -G397-

-1-.
Note
There is not a recess 3 on all rain and light sensors -G397- . If

there is no opening, lever out at another suitable place.
– Using a suitable plain slot screwdriver, lever rain and light

sensor -G397- -1- on recess -3- out of retaining plate -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note ed byV gu
ara
ris nte
tho eo
On removal, take care to prise outssthe
a entire rain and light sensor
u ra
c
-G397- and not just the upper shell of the rain and light sensor -
ce
le
G397- .
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Installing
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
ing:
hole
spec
– Thoroughly clean the windscreen inside the retaining plate
es, in part or in w
t to the co
with isopropanol (isopropyl alcohol) ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 .
– Remove protective cap on new rain and light detector sensor
rrectness of i
-G397- .
l purpos
Note
n
ercia
form
m
♦ The surface (contact pad) of the rain and light sensor -G397-
atio
com
must not be soiled on installation. n in

r
te o
thi
♦ If the surface (coupling pad) of the rain and light sensor -G397-
sd
iva
is soiled, it may be possible to clean it by „bonding on“ and

o
r
rp
cu
then „pulling off“ one or more adhesive strips.

fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Seat the rain and light sensor -G397- -1- in the retaining plate
-2- on the windscreen and press it on until secure.
Note
About 10 minutes after installation, there must not be any air bub‐
bles between the front windscreen and the contact pad of the rain
and light sensor -G397- .
– Reconnect the connector -A- and secure the rain and light
sensor -G397- -1- by installing the cable cover.
– Install interior mirror ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
68 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Code the rain and light sensor -G397-
lksw ⇒ page 192 .
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
1.8 Coding rain and light sensor -G397-

is n
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co

5051B-
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Procedure Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system - cop by
Vo
lksw
VAS 5051B- . cted agen
Prote AG.
– In vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS

♦ Body


♦ Functions - onboard supply control unit
♦ Coding rain/light sensor
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Windscreen washer system
Note
Additional information:
⇒ Operating instructions
2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system
1 - Y-piece
❑ Distribution of washer
fluid line to windscreen
washer system spray
jets
2 - Right washer jet for wind‐
screen washer system
⇒ page 199
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 199
3 - Left washer jet windscreen
washer system
❑ Removing and installingwagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
⇒ page 199 Vol
ks s no
t gu
d by ara
❑ Adjusting ⇒ pageo
ir se 199 nte
h eo
ut ra
4 - Angled piecess a c
ce
e
❑ Connection to left wind‐

nl
pt
du
screen washer system

an
itte
y li
spray jet
erm
ab
ility
❑ Overview of hose cou‐

ot p
wit
plings for washer fluid

is n
h re
lines ⇒ page 212

ole,
spec
5 - Hose
t to the co
❑ Hose repair
⇒ page 213
rrectness of i
6 - Angled piece
❑ Connection to right
windscreen washer sys‐
tem spray jet
cial p
nform

mer

a
m
ti
lines ⇒ page 213

o
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
7 - Reservoir filler neck for

s
a
windscreen and headlight washer system

do
ir v
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
8 - Windscreen and rear window washer pump -V59- Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
9 - Windscreen washer and headlight washer system reservoir
agen
Prote AG.

- Windscreen washer fluid level sender -G33-

Not illustrated
♦ Reservoir for windscreen and headlight washer systems to
body - 8 Nm
2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid

reservoir
Washer fluid reservoir has 3 parts. The individual parts are com‐
bined together as a unit. In order to ensure the parts are placed
together correctly, check when assembling that the guides of the
individual parts engage in each other.
1 - Removing and installing filler neck for washer fluid reservoir
⇒ page 195 .
2 - Connecting pipe between filler neck and reservoir. Connecting
pipe is removed together with washer fluid reservoir
⇒ page 196 . Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oes
3 - Removing and installing washer fluid yreservoir
Vol
ks ⇒ page 196 not
gu
b ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
2.2.1 Removing and installing washer fluid
es, in part or in w
t to the co
reservoir filler neck
Removing
rrectness of i
– Pull connecting pipe -1- off filler neck -3- on washer fluid res‐
l purpos
ervoir.
nform
ercia
– Unclip hose retainer from filler neck -3- and remove from ve‐
m
a
m
t
hicle. io
r co
n in
o
Installing
thi
te
sd
iva
pr
cu
or
following:
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
The protrusion on the underside of the filler neck should be in‐
AG.
serted in the hole -arrow-.
2. Windscreen washer system 195

Connecting pipe -1- and filler neck -2- should be pressed together
so that the guides -arrows- engage in each other.
2.2.2 Removing and installing washer fluid

reservoir
Caution

Removing
– Remove filler neck for washer fluid reservoir ⇒ page 195 .
. Volkswag AG en AG
agen does
– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ General Vol body repairs, exterior;
ksw not
gu
Rep. gr. 63 . d by ara
ise r nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
The connections to the windscreen and rear window washer
erm
ab
pump -V59- and hose lines are colour-coded in order to prevent

ility
ot p
the washer fluid lines being incorrectly connected to the wind‐

wit
, is n
screen and rear window washer pump -V59- . The hose fittings
h re
must be connected to the correct colour-coded pump connections

hole
spec
during installation.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– To release, turn securing clips at hose connections -3- and

-5- and pull these off windscreen and rear window washer
rrectness of i
pump -V59- -4-.

l purpos
– Drain any escaping fluid in a suitable container.

– Disconnect connector -6- for windscreen washer fluid level
nform
ercia
sender -G33- -7-.

m
– Pull windscreen and rear window washer pump -V59- -4- up‐
m
tio
r co
wards out of reservoir and disconnect connector -2-.

n in
o
thi
e
– Pull headlight washer pump -V11- -9- upwards out of reservoir

t
sd
va
and disconnect connector -10-.

i
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
utGolf
ho Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta
or 2005 ➤
a a
ss Electrical system - Editionc 07.2010
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- from reservoir and remove reservoir
itte
y li
from vehicle.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
following:
t to the co
– Tighten all threaded connections to specified torques
⇒ page 194 .
– On completion of installation work, bleed headlight washer
rrectness of i
system ⇒ page 210 .
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
2.3 Removing and installing windscreen Cop py
ht. rig
and rear window washer pump -V59-

rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

Removing
– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 .
Note
The connections to the windscreen and rear window washer

pump -V59- and hose lines are colour-coded in order to prevent
the washer fluid lines being incorrectly connected to the wind‐
screen and rear window washer pump -V59- . The hose fittings
must be connected to the correct colour-coded pump connections
during installation.
2. Windscreen washer system 197

Electrical system -eEdition
n AG. Volk07.2010
swagen AG
wag does
olks not
yV gu
– To release, turn ed securing clips at
b hose connections ar-3-
an and
-5- and pull ris
ho these off windscreen and rear window washer tee
t or
pump -V59-
ss
au -4-. ac
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Pull windscreen and rear window washer pump -V59- -4- up‐
erm
ab
wards out of reservoir.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Installing
spec
t to the co
following:
rrectness of i
⇒ page 194 .
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
washer fluid level sender -G33-
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Caution . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
py
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
Rep. gr. 63 .
– Disconnect connector -1- on windscreen washer fluid level
sender -G33- -2-.
– Pull windscreen washer fluid level sender -G33- -2- out of its
rubber seal.
Installing
following:


washer system spray jets
Removing
– Push spray jet upwards -arrow A- and pull it out of bonnet from
rear -arrow B-.
– Pull hose -1- off spray jet and disconnect connector -2-.
Installing
– Fit connector -2- and hose -1- on spray jet.
– Push spray jet in installation hole until it is heard to lock in
place.
– Adjust spray jets ⇒ page 199 .
2.6 Adjusting windscreen washer system

spray jets
Note wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se
If impurities in the tspray
ho jet cause an uneven spray field, remove tee
or
the spray jet and s auflush through with water against the spraying ac
direction. Purging with compressed air against the spraying di‐
s
ce
e
nl
rection is then permitted. Do not use objects to clean the spray

pt
du
an
jets!
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
199
by c lksw
cted
2. Windscreen washer system
agen
Prote AG.

3 Rear window wiper system
Note
3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system
1 - Cover cap
2 - Nut
❑ 12 Nm
3 - Wiper arm
⇒ page 200 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
❑ Adjusting park position
ed by
V gu
ara
⇒ page 202 hor is nte
e t or
au ac
4 - Seal ss
ce
e
nl
pt
5 - Spray jet
du
an
itte
y li
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 206
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
6 - Seal
h re
ole,
spec
7 - Rear window wiper motor -
V12-
t to the co

⇒ page 201
rrectness of i
8 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm
cial p
9 - Rubber ring
nform
mer
10 - Spacer
a
m
tio
11 - Wiper blade
r co
n in
o
thi

te
s
ir va
aerodynamic wipers
do
p
⇒ page 203 .
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.2 Removing rear window wiper
3.2.1 Removing and installing wiper arm

Removing
– To place wiper motor in its park position, switch rear window
wiper on and off with ignition on.
– Lift up and unclip cap -1- of rear window wiper.

– Loosen hexagon nut -arrow- without removing it completely.
Note
Aerodynamic wipers are very flexible. To lift the wiper blade off
the rear window, grasp it only in the area in which the wiper blade
is attached to the wiper.
– Lift up wiper arm and free off from taper by rocking from side
to side.
– Unscrew nut -arrow- and remove from wiper arm.
Installing
– With ignition switched on, switch rear window wiper on and off
to run rear window wiper motor -V12- to its rest position.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Fit wiper arm in approximate park position on wiper arm ksshaft
wag does
not
Vol
and tighten nut -arrow- by hand. ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
tho 202 .
– Adjust rear window wiper park position ⇒ page eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
3.2.2 Removing and installing rear window
rrectness of i
wiper motor -V12-
Caution
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m

r co
n
in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
or
Removing
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Remove wiper arm before removing rear window wiper motor - C py
t. rig
V12- ⇒ page 200 . gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Disconnect battery -A- ⇒ page 4 . Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Removing lower trim of rear lid ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐

rior; Rep. gr. 70 .
3. Rear window wiper system 201


– Release hose connection -2- by pulling securing ring upwards
and pull hose off connection on rear window wiper motor -V12-
-1-.
– Unscrew hexagon nuts -arrows-. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Carefully pull rear window wiper by Vo motor -V12- off rear lid. gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Installing utho eo
a ra
s c
Install in the reverse order of removal. When doing this, note the s
ce
le
following:
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Before installing rear window wiper motor -V12- , moisten in‐
rm
ab
ner side of seal in rear window with a rubber and plastic
pe
ility
compatible lubricant (polyethylene glycol).
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Check seal is seated correctly in opening of rear window.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Mark -1- on seal must align with mark -2- on rear window.
rrectness of i
⇒ page 200 .
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
3.3 Adjusting rear window wiper park posi‐

t.
yi Co
Cop py
tion
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Special tools and workshop equipment required cted agen
Prote AG.

Procedure
Distance -a- between wiper rubber and lower edge of window
must be 23 mm.
– If necessary, adjust rear window wiper park position by moving
wiper arm on shaft.
Removing wiper arm ⇒ page 200
⇒ page 200 .
3.4 Removing and installing joint-free wiper

blades
Note
Joint-free wiper blades are very flexible. To lift the wiper blade off
the rear window, grasp it only in the area in which the wiper blade
is attached to the wiper.
Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V gu
– Pull wiper arm -2- away from d by
windscreen. ara
ir se nte
ho eo
– Pull wiper blade mounting
aut
-1- out of wiper arm -2- -arrow-. ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Remove wiper blade fitting -1- from wiper arm shaft -2-.
l purpos
Installing
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Rear window wiper system 203

– Fit the wiper blade fitting -1- onto the shaft -2- of the wiper arm
-3-.
– Push on the wiper blade fitting until it engages in the wiper
arm.
– Carefully fold wiper arm back down onto rear window.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Electrical
agen
AG. Volkssystem
wagen AG- Edition 07.2010
do
ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
ris
4 Rear window washer system
tee
utho or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Note
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system
t to the co
1 - Connection piece
rrectness of i
❑ Connection to rear win‐
l purpos
dow washer system
spray jet
nform
ercia
m
at
lines ⇒ page 213
m
io
r co
n in t
2 - Connection piece
o
his
ate
❑ Point of separation, pas‐
d
iv
o
pr
cu
senger compartment
or
m
f
en
ng
wiring harness to rear lid i t.

py Co
wiring harness t. Co py
rig
gh
ht
yri by
cop Vo
plings for washer fluid by lksw
cted agen
lines ⇒ page 213 Prote AG.
3 - Rear window washer sys‐

tem spray jet
⇒ page 206
4 - Filler pipe of reservoir for
windscreen washer and head‐
light washer systems
⇒ page 195
5 - Windscreen washer and
headlight washer system res‐
ervoir
⇒ page 195
6 - Windscreen and rear win‐
dow washer pump -V59-
⇒ page 197
7 - Windscreen washer fluid level sender -G33-
8 - Hose
❑ Hose repair ⇒ page 213
4. Rear window washer system 205

4.2 Removing and installing washer jet
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
♦ Remove the ignition key. Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
th
Removing ss
au ra
c
ce
e
– Allow wiper to come to park position.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Lift up cover cap of rear window wiper arm.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Pull spray jet out of wiper arm shaft using suitable pliers
wit
is n
-arrow-.
h re
ole,
Installing
spec
t to the co
– Push spray jet onto stop in wiper arm shaft with spray jet
opening facing upwards.
– Adjust spray jet ⇒ page 206 .
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
4.3 Adjusting spray jet
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
Note
iva
do
pr
cum
for
If impurities in the spray jet cause an uneven spray field, remove
en
ng
i t.
the spray jet and flush through with water against the spraying
py Co
Co py
direction. Purging with compressed air against the spraying di‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
rection is then permitted. Do not use objects to clean the spray
by
cop Vo
jets!
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 Headlight washer system

Every fifth time the windscreen washer system is activated the
headlights are also washed if the windscreen wiper lever on the
steering wheel is pulled for at least 1.5 seconds and dipped beam
or main beam are switched on.
The spraying time of the headlight washer system can be adjus‐
ted from between 0 and 12.75 seconds ⇒ page 455 .
Following installation work or on initial start-up of the headlight
washer system, the system must be bled to ensure proper oper‐
ation of the pop-up cylinders and spray jets ⇒ page 210 .
agnosis.
Additional information ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting locations ⇒ Operating manual .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
5.1 Assembly overview
by
Vol - headlight washer system
ksw
oes
not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho e or
1 - Spray jet assembly withau ac
ss
right spray jets
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
spray jet assembly
erm
ab
⇒ page 209
ility
ot p
wit
❑ Adjusting spray jets
is n
h re
⇒ page 210
ole,
spec
spray jet pop-up cylin‐
t to the co
der ⇒ page 209
2 - Spray jet assembly with left rrectness of i
spray jets
spray jet assembly
cial p
⇒ page 209
nform
❑ Adjusting spray jets

mer
⇒ page 210
a
m
tio
r co
n in

o

thi
te
sd
ir va
der ⇒ page 209

o
p
cu
or
3 - Angled connection piece

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Connection to left spray ht.
Cop py
jet pop-up cylinder
rig
rig ht
py by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
plings for washer fluid Prote AG.
lines ⇒ page 213
4 - Hose
5 - Angled connection piece
❑ Connection to right
der
❑ Distribution of washer
fluid line to washer jets
plings for washer fluid lines ⇒ page 213
5. Headlight washer system 207

6 - T-piece
❑ Distribution of washer fluid line to washer jets
7 - Angled piece
8 - Headlight washer system pump -V11- olkswagen AG
en AG. V
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 208 olkswag does
not
byV gu
ara
9 - Windscreen washer and headlight washer
rised
system reservoir nte
ho eo
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page
sa
ut
195 ra
c
s
10 - Filler pipe of reservoir for windscreen washer and headlight washer systems
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Not illustrated
h re
hole
spec
Pop-up spray jet cylinder to front bumper cover - 4.5 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5.2 Removing and installing headlight
washer system pump -V11-
rrectness of i
The headlight washer system pump -V11- is mounted on the
l purpos
washer fluid reservoir in the right-hand wheel housing.
n
ercia
Caution
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
Removing
i t.
py Co
Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Rep. gr. 63 .
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
– Pull headlight washer pump -V11- -9- upwards out of reservoir.
Prote AG.

– To remove the connecting pipe -8-, pull out securing clip and
pull connecting pipe -8- off headlight washer system pump -
V11- .
Installing
following:
⇒ page 207 .

5.3 Removing and installing spray jet pop-

up cylinders
Caution

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d
Removing oris
e ran
tee
uth or
– Pull spray jets together withsscover cap -1- out of bumper cover
a ac
to stop.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Unclip cover cap -1- from mounting points -arrows- on spray
itte
y li
jet assembly.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Rep. gr. 63 .
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Pull retainer -4- off hose connection.
cial p
– Pull hose connection off pop-up spray jet cylinder -2-.
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n
– Unclip pop-up spray jet cylinder -2- out of bracket -3-
in
o
thi
te
Installing
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
or
f
en
ng
following:
i t.
py Co
. Co py
rig
– The hose leading to the pop-up spray jet cylinder must be clip‐
t
gh ht
yri by
ped into the hose retainer. y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote
AG.
⇒ page 207 .
5.4 Removing and installing spray jet as‐

sembly
Caution


Removing
– Pull spray jet with cover cap -1- to stop out of bumper cover.
– Unclip cover cap -1- from mounting points -arrows- on spray
jet assembly.
– Lever locking lug -arrow- up slightly and pull out spray jet as‐
sembly.
Installing
Note
The degree to which the cover cap of the spray jet is pulled down
onto the bumper cover can be adjusted using the clips on the
spray jet assembly. If the spray jet assembly is not pulled in far
enough, the cover cap will not seat correctly. If the spray jet as‐
sembly is pulled in too far, the cover cap and the bumper cover
could be pushed out of shape. G. Volkswage
nA n AG d
wage oes
Volks not
– Push spray jet assembly into pop-up ed by cylinder until it engages. gu
ara
ris nte
o
– Fit cover cap on spray jet assembly
auth and allow pop-up cylinder eo
ra
to retract. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
– Check the cover cap is seated correctly on the bumper cover.

du
an
itte
y li
– If necessary, adjust seat of cover cap by pushing spray jet

erm
ab
ility
assembly in higher or lower position on pop-up cylinder.

ot p
wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
– Check headlight washer system spray jets and adjust if nec‐

t to the co
essary ⇒ page 210 .

rrectness of i
5.5 Adjusting headlight washer system

spray jets
cial p

nfo
mer
5.6 Bleeding headlight washer system

matio
om
n in
To guarantee sound functioning of pop-up cylinders and spray

or c
thi
jets, the headlight washer system must be bled following assem‐

te
sd
a
bly work or when operated for the first time.

iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
WARNING
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig
Apply handbrake and make sure that gearshift is set to „P“.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Procedure
– Fill washer fluid reservoir.
– Start the engine.

– Switch headlights to „ON“.

– Operate headlight washer system several times (3-5 times, 3
seconds each time).
– Repeat this bleeding procedure until the pop-up cylinders and
spray jets are functioning soundly.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
se nte
ori eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen
agen AG do
ksw es n
y Vol ot g
ua
b
6 Washer fluid line hose couplings
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7 Hose repair
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
All the instructions and information for this Vmanual
olks
w
are found in not
gu
y
the workshop manual „Electrical System, sed bGeneral Information“. A ara
nte
link to this workshop manual is not tpossible
ho
ri at present for tech‐ eo
nical reasons. Please select thesworkshop
s au
manual „Electrical ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Hose repair 213

94 – Lights,
Vol
bulbs,
ksw
agen switches
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
- exterior
by gu
ara
ed nte
ris
1 au
Headlights with halogen bulbs (up to
tho eo
ra
MY2009)
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Before working on headlights, always switch off the headlights
h re
hole
and remove the ignition key.
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to
t to the co
understand the functions and the operation of the lighting sys‐
tem ⇒ Operating instructions .
rrectness of i
The vehicle is fitted with headlights from two different manufac‐
l purpos
turers:
♦ AL (Automotive Lighting)
nform
ercia
♦ Hella
m
at
m
io
Removal and installation of the headlights are the same except
r co
n in t
for removal and installation of the control motors.
o
his
ate
d
v

i
o
pr
cu
or
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
agnosis. Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig
For fault finding, use vehicle diagnosis, testing and information py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The exploded view does not show the control motors, as removal
and installation differ from each other.
214 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

1 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
2 - Adjustment bushes
olkswagen AG
❑ Adjusting headlight en AG. V
agin‐ does
lksw not
stallation position
y Vo gu
db ara
⇒ page r217
ise nte
ho eo
ut
3 - Left headlight
ss
a main beam ra
c
bulb -M30- / right headlight
ce
e
nl
main beam bulb -M32-
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ Bulb: H7U 12 V/55 W
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
4 - Left side light bulb -M1- /
h re
ole,
right side light bulb -M3-
spec
❑ Bulb: 12 V/5 W
t to the co
5 - Cover cap
rrectness of i
6 - Front left turn signal bulb -
M5- / front right turn signal bulb
-M7-
cial p
nform
❑ Bulb: 12 V/21 W
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
7 - Bulb holder with grip
r c
te o
thi
8 - Body aperture s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
or
9 - Cover cap
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
10 - Bulb holder with grip Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig
11 - Left headlight dipped py by
co Vo
lksw
beam bulb -M29- / right head‐
by
cted agen
Prote
light dipped beam bulb -M31-
AG.
❑ Bulb: H7 12 V/55 W
12 - Headlight
❑ Adjusting headlight installation position ⇒ page 217
❑ Repairing headlight securing tabs ⇒ page 231
Note
♦ You do not have to disconnect the earth wire of the battery -

A- .
♦ The illustrations show removal and installation for the left
headlight.
♦ If a headlight is removed, it should always be adjusted follow‐
ing installation ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Description of
work .
♦ If a headlight with gas discharge bulbs is removed, the basic
setting of the headlight should always be checked when rein‐
stalling ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions of work .
1. Headlights with halogen bulbs (up to MY2009) 215

Caution

Removing
– Unclip the connector -arrow- and detach it.
– Remove front bumper ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 63 .
– Remove bolt -arrow- from top of headlight.
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove bolt -arrow- from bottom left of headlight.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove bolt -arrow- from bottom right of headlight.

Installing
AG . Volkswage
Carry out installation in the wreverse
agen sequence, noting
n AG d
oes the follow‐
ing: Volks not
gu
by a d ran
ise
– Tighten all threaded
ut
ho
r
connections to specified torques tee
or
⇒ page 214
ss a . ac
ce
e
– Check headlight installation position is central, i.e. shut lines/

nl
pt
du
an
gaps are equal around headlight.
itte
y li
erm
ab
If the shut lines/gaps around the headlight are uneven, the instal‐
ility
ot p
lation position must be adjusted ⇒ page 217 .
wit
is n
h re
– Check headlight functions.
ole,
spec
– Check headlight settings and adjust headlights if necessary
t to the co
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions of work .
1.3 Adjusting headlight installation position
rrectness of i
Note
cial p
nform
mer
♦ To adjust the installation position of the headlight, the front
a
bumper does not have to be removed.
m
tio
r co
n in
♦ The illustrations show the left headlight.
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
c
If it transpires during checking of the installation position that the um
for
en
ng
shut lines/gaps between headlight and body are uneven, the in‐ i t.
py Co
stallation position must be adjusted. t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
Caution
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Procedure
– Remove the radiator grille ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66 .
– Loosen screw -arrow- at top of headlight.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Loosen screw -arrow- at bottom left of headlight. lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Loosen screw -arrow- at bottom right of headlight.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
– Adjust flush fit with body by screwing in or screwing out ad‐
gh ht
yri by
cop
justment bushing -arrow- at bottom left and bottom right of
Vo
by lksw
cted agen
headlight. Prote AG.

⇒ page 214 .
– Check and readjust headlight to ensure gaps are even all
round.
– Install the radiator grille ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 66 .
1.4 Renewing bulbs
1.4.1 Renewing headlight dipped beam bulb
Note
The diagrams show renewal of the left headlight dipped beam

bulb -M29- for the left headlight.
Caution


Removing
– Turn cover cap -1- in -direction of arrow- and remove.
– Turn bulb holder with dipped beam headlight bulb -M29- -1- in
-direction of arrow- and remove from headlight.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Pull left headlight dipped beam bulb -M29- -2- in
itte
y li
erm
-direction of arrow- out of bulb holder -1-.

ab
ility
ot p
Installing wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Caution
t to the co
♦ Do not touch glass envelope when fitting bulb. Fingers

leave traces of grease on the glass envelope, which evap‐
orate when the bulb is switched on and cause the glass
rrectness of i
envelope to cloud over.

♦ When installing cover cap, ensure that it seats properly.
The ingress of water will lead to permanent damage to the
cial p
nform
headlight.
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
– Insert left headlight dipped beam bulb -M29- -1- in bulb holder
thi
te
sd
ir va
so that lug at left headlight dipped beam bulb -M29- is posi‐

o
p
tioned in recess -arrow- of bulb holder -2-.

um
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Place bulb holder with left headlight dipped beam bulb -M29-
-1- in headlight and turn bulb holder with left headlight dipped
beam bulb -M29- in -direction of arrow-.
– Insert cover cap -1- in recess on headlight and turn cover cap
in direction of -arrow- to secure.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
1.4.2 Renewing headlight main beam bulb
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
The diagrams show renewal of the left headlight main beam bulb
ole,
spec
-M30- for the left headlight.
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
Removing
a
m
tio
o
n in
c
– Remove cover cap -1-.

r
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Push retaining clip -2- in -direction of arrow- under locking lugs

-1- and lift up retaining clip -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or
– Take left headlight main beam bulb -M30- -1- out of aheadlight.
ut
h eo
ra
ss c
Installing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Caution
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
headlight.

cial p
nform
ing:
mer
a
m
t
– Place left headlight main beam bulb -M30- -1- in recesses ion
co
-arrows- of headlight.
in t
or
his
ate

do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
i
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.4.3 Renewing side light bulb
Note
The diagrams show renewal of the left side light bulb -M1- for the
left headlight.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Caution agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
♦ Switch off ignition andthall electrical consumers.
o eo
u ra
sa
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
– As far as the wiring lengths allow, pull bulb holder -1- with left
or
his
te
side light bulb -M1- out of reflector.

iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull left side light bulb -M1- -2- in -direction of arrow- out of
bulb holder -1-.
Installing
Caution

The ingress of water willolead
en AG. V
toenpermanent
lkswag AG do damage to the
headlight.Volkswag es n
ot
y gu
db ara
rise nte
ho eo
ut installation
Carrys aout in the reverse sequence, noting thera follow‐
c
ing:s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
1.4.4 Renewing front turn signal bulb
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
The illustrations show the renewal of the front left turn signal bulb
-M5- for the left headlight.
cial p
nform
mer
Caution
a
m
tio
r co
n in

o
thi
te

a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Turn bulb holder with front left turn signal bulb -M5- -1- in di‐
rection of arrow and remove from headlight.
– Push front left turn signal bulb -M5- into bulb holder, turn front
left turn signal bulb -M5- anti-clockwise and pull front left turn
signal bulb -M5- out of bulb holder.
Installing
Caution

headlight.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence,
rised noting the follow‐ ara
nte
ing: utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
1.5 Removing and installing headlight range
is n
h re
ole,
control motor
spec
t to the co
⇒ page 224
⇒ page 227
rrectness of i
⇒ page 229
1.5.1 Removing and installing headlight range

cial p
control motor (Automotive Lighting)

nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
Note
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
♦ If control motors are removed and reinstalled or renewed, the

o
p
cu
headlight adjustment must be checked and the headlights ad‐

or
m
f
justed ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Description of work .

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ The illustrations show the renewal of the headlight range con‐ t. C rig
gh ht
trol motor -V49- on the right headlight. If the left headlight pyri by
Vo
co
range control motor -V48- is removed and installed, two as‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
sembly openings with predetermined breaking points must be
AG.
opened to gain access to the bolts (these are not shown on

the following illustrations).
Caution

Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 215 .

– Turn cap -1- in -direction of arrow- and remove.
Note
To gain access to the second bolt on the right headlight range

control motor -V49- , break open the assembly opening at the
predetermined breaking point -arrow- on the back of the headlight
housing. This opening must be sealed on completion of repairs
with separately available sealing plug.
– Fit a socket on the plastic hexagon on the back of the headlight

housing.
– Press and turn the plastic hexagon out of the headlight hous‐
ing to break open the assembly opening.
Note
The broken open sealing piece must not remain in the headlight.
Remove it from the headlight housing.
lkswage es n
Vo ot g
– Unscrew bolts -2- and -3- ed byfrom right headlight range control ua
ran
motor -V49- -1-. thoris tee
u or
a ac
ss ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Lift dipped beam reflector -2- in headlight slightly and turn the
right headlight range control motor -V49- -1- in
-direction of arrow- on to stop.
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Lift dipped beam reflector in headlight slightly and turn the ball
head of the right headlight range control motor -V49- -1- so
that it can be slid out of the ball head mounting -2- in
-direction of arrow- to the rear.
– Take the right headlight range control motor -V49- out of the
headlight as far as the connected wiring allows.
– Disconnect connector -1- and remove right headlight range

control motor -V49- -2-.
Installing
ing:
– Reconnect connector -1- on right headlight range control mo‐

tor -V49- -2-.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Insert right headlight range control motor -V49- -1- in headlight

hole
spec
in position as shown in illustration.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
head of the right headlight range control motor -V49- -2- so
that it can be pushed into the ball head mounting -3- in
rrectness of i
-direction of arrow-.
l purpos
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Lift dipped beam reflector in headlight slightly and turn the right
headlight range control motor -V49- -1- in -direction of arrow-
on to stop.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Insert both bolts into the right headlight range controlVol
kmotor
swa - not
V49- and tighten, and install the cover cap. ed by gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a
Caution ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
When installing cover cap, ensure cap is seated correctly. The
itte
y li
ingress of water will lead to permanent damage to the head‐
erm
ab
light.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Seal the broken-open assembly openings -1- using a sepa‐ urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rately ordered sealing plug ⇒ ETKA (electronic parts cata‐
logue) .
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
control motor (Hella) gh
t. Co py
rig
ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Note Prote AG.

♦ The illustrations show the renewal of the headlight range con‐
trol motor -V49- on the right headlight.
Caution

Removing

– Pull off connector -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
– Turn right headlightuthrange
o control motor -V49- -1- in direction eo
ra
of -arrow A- andsspull
a it out slightly from its mounting -2-. c
ce
e
nl
– Move right headlight range control motor -V49- -1- so that ball
pt
du
an
head -3- of right headlight range control motor -V49- can be

itte
y li
pulled in direction of -arrow B- out of ball head mounting -4-.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Take right headlight range control motor -V49- out of headlight

wit
is n
housing.
h re
ole,
spec
Installing
t to the co

ing:
rrectness of i
– Carefully insert ball head -1- of hand headlight range control

motor -V49- in ball head mounting -arrow-.
cial p
nform
mer
Caution
a
m
tion
co

in t
or

his
ate
light.
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
– Check headlight functions. Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Check headlight settings and adjust headlights if necessary cop Vo
by lksw
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions of work . cted agen
Prote AG.


control motor (Visteon)olkswagen AG.
Volkswagen AG
does
no t gu
yV
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Note au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ The illustrations show the renewal of the left headlight range ot
wit
, is n
control motor -V48- for the left headlight.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
Removing
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Turn left headlight range control motor -V48- -1- in direction of

-arrow-.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
oris tee
uth or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Move left headlight range control motor -V48- so that ball head
y li
rm
ab
-2- of left headlight range control motor -V48- can be pulled in
pe
ility
direction of -arrow- out of ball head cup -1-.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Take left headlight range control motor -V48- out of headlight
hole
spec
housing.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
ing:
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
– Carefully insert ball head of left headlight range control motor
m
atio
com
-V48- -1- in ball head cup -arrow-.
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
Caution
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en

ng
i t.
py Co
ingress of water will lead to permanent damage to the head‐ Co py
light.
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.6 Repairing headlight retaining tabs

If the upper headlight retaining tab -1-, the outer headlight retain‐
ing tab -2- or the lower headlight retaining tab -3- is damaged or
has broken off, it can be replaced by installing the repair kit. There
is no need to renew the entire headlight.
Note
♦ Check that there is no further damage to the headlight that

would make installation of the repair kit unnecessary.
♦ Two different repair kits are available for the left and right
headlights ⇒ ETKA (electronic parts catalogue) .
♦ Each repair kit includes the upper, the outer and the lower
headlight retaining tabs, four screws, a panel nut (already fit‐
ted on the upper retaining tab), . Vadjustment
olkswagen AGbushes (one each
gen AG
already fitted on the lkouter
swa and lower retaining
o
doetabs).
s no
yV t gu
db ara
ir se nte
Repairing uppertho retaining tab ⇒ page 231 . eo
au ra
Repairing outer
ss retaining tab ⇒ page 232 . c
ce
le
un
pt
Repairing lower retaining tab ⇒ page 232 .
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
1.6.1 Repairing upper retaining tab
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Caution
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers. t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
Procedure
n
ercia
form
– Remove existing headlight retaining tab -1- completely from

m
atio
com
headlight.
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Form-fit the new retaining tab -2- on the base of the retaining
tab on the headlight -4- and tighten the screw -3-.
Note
The panel nut -1- is already pre-assembled on the new retaining

tab -2-.
– Install headlight ⇒ page 215 .

1.6.2 Repairing outer retaining tab
Caution

Procedure
– Remove existing headlight retaininggetab
AG-arrow-
. Volkswagcompletely
en AG
a n does
from headlight. Vol
ksw not
by gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
cial p
nform
The adjustment bush -4- is already pre-assembled on the new

mer
retaining tab -3-.

a
m
tion
co
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
1.6.3 Repairing lower retaining tab
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution


Procedure
– Remove existing headlight retaining tab -arrow- completely
from headlight.
– Now tighten the screw -5- on the rear side.
Note
The adjustment bush -4- is already pre-assembled on the new

retaining tab -3-. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
– Install headlight ⇒ page 215 . ed b ua
ran
o ris tee
h
– Check headlight settings and adjust headlights
aut if necessary or
ac
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions of work . ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
1.7 Converting headlights for use when driv‐
t to the co
ing on the left or right
rrectness of i
Note
♦ To avoid dazzling oncoming traffic with asymmetrical lights,

cial p
nform
both headlights should be converted to the direction of traffic
mer
(driving on the left or right) relevant to the country in which the

a
m
vehicle is being driven.

tio
r co
n in
o
♦ The corresponding headlight conversion set consists of two

thi
te
sections of film.
ir va
do
p
cum
or
♦ Conversion of the headlights is not designed as a permanent

f
en
ng
conversion for other countries. It is only suitable as a „tourist

i t.
py Co
solution“ for a short stay abroad. t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Both headlights of a vehicle must always be converted. y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote
♦ The information on „right“ and „left“ on the masking film always
AG.
relates to the direction of travel when looking forwards from

inside the vehicle.

1.7.1 Converting headlights designed for driv‐

ing on the right to driving on the left
Note
♦ The headlight conversion set comprises two pieces of film.

♦ Please note the different part numbers for the headlight con‐
version sets from right to left-hand trafficAand
G. Volfrom
kswagleft
en Ato right-
hand traffic. lksw
agen G do
es n
o Vo t gu
by
♦ Clean headlight lens before
ris
ed converting.
ara
nte
ho eo
ut ra
– Turn light switch to sa
sposition „0“. c
ce
e
nl
pt
– Clean headlight lens.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Left headlight:
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove protective film on back of assembly film -D- in area
wit
is n
-C- only.
h re
ole,
spec
– Align positioning film -D- with the bottom edge to line -B- on
the lens of the headlight.
t to the co
– Align positioning film -D- at the same time with its radius to line
-A- on the lens of the headlight.
rrectness of i
– Push down in area -C- on the headlight lens.
– Carefully pull application film -D- off the lens of the headlight
cial p
again.
nform
mer
– The masking film -C- remains on the headlight lens.
a
m
Right headlight: tio

r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va

o
p
cu
-C- only.
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
– Align positioning film -D- with the bottom edge to line -B- on py Co
Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
– Align positioning film -D- at the same time with its radius to line by lksw
cted agen
-A- on the lens of the headlight. Prote AG.

again.
Note
♦ Remove any remaining adhesive using alcohol-based or al‐

cohol and water-based cleaning fluid. For example, a cloth
soaked with isopropyl alcohol
♦ Customers should be informed of how to remove residual ad‐
hesive after detaching the masking section.


ing on the left to driving on the right
Note

version sets from right to left-hand traffic and from left to right-
hand traffic.
♦ Clean headlight lens before converting.
♦ Pull off adhesive film from headlight lens and remove residual
adhesive from headlight.
– Turn light switch to position „0“. wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d
– Clean headlight lens. orise
ran
tee
th or
u
Left headlight: ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
-C- only.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
again.
Right headlight:
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
-C- only.
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Push down in area -C- on the headlight lens. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Carefully pull application film -D- off the lens of the headlight cted agen
Prote AG.
again.
Note

cohol and water-based cleaning fluid. For example, a cloth
soaked with isopropyl alcohol
1.8 Adjusting headlights


2 Headlights with halogen bulbs (from

MY2009)
2.1 General description
Note
♦ Before working on headlights, always switch off the headlights

and remove the ignition key.
♦ When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely essential that
the function and operation of the lighting system are first un‐
derstood. wage
e
olks s no
yV t gu
db ara
Additional information: ris
e nte
tho eo
⇒ Operating instructions au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
The vehicle is fitted with headlights from two different manufac‐
pt
du
an
turers:
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Hella
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Valeo
h re
ole,
spec
Removal and installation of the headlights are the same except
for removal and installation of the headlight range control motors
t to the co
and the cap behind the dipped beam bulb.
rrectness of i
The onboard supply control unit is equipped with self-diagnosis.
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
Note
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
or
♦ The assembly overview shows both control motor variants of

f
en
ng
headlight manufacturers Hella ⇒ Item 5 (page 237) and Valeo

t.
yi Co
op
⇒ Item 6 (page 237) since their removal and installation are
C py
ht. rig
different. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ The assembly overview shows both cover-cap variants of
cted agen
Prote AG.
headlight manufacturers Hella ⇒ Item 3 (page 237) and Valeo
⇒ Item 4 (page 237) since their removal and installation are
different.

1 - Cover cap
2 - Cover cap
3 - Cover cap
❑ Only manufacturer Hel‐
la ⇒ page 241
4 - Cover cap
❑ Only manufacturer Va‐
leo ⇒ page 241
5 - Left headlight range control
motor -V48- / right headlight
range control motor -V49-
❑ Manufacturer Hella
⇒ page 247
range control motor -V49-wagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
olks not
❑ Manufacturer: d b Valeo
yV gu
ara
ise nte
❑ Removing hor and installing eo
ut
⇒ page
ss a 249 ra
c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
8 - Left headlight dipped beam
erm
ab
bulb -M29- / right headlight dip‐
ility
ot p
ped beam bulb -M31-

wit
is n
h re
❑ Bulb: H7 12 V/55 W
ole,
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 218 spec

t to the co
9 - Headlight
⇒ page 238
rrectness of i
❑ Adjusting headlight in‐

stallation position
⇒ page 240
cial p
nform
❑ Repairing headlight securing tabs ⇒ page 251

mer
❑ Converting for driving on left/right ⇒ page 254

a
m
tio
r co
n in
10 - Guide
o
thi
te
11 - Front end support part

s
ir va
do
p
cum
or
12 - Bolt
f
en
ng
i t.
❑ 5 Nm py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh
13 - Left headlight main beam bulb -M30- / right headlight main beam bulb -M32-
ht
yri by
cop Vo
lksw
❑ Bulb: 12 V 15/55 W
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
14 - Left side light bulb -M1- / right side light bulb -M3-
❑ Bulb: 12 V/5 W
16 - Front left turn signal bulb -M5- / front right turn signal bulb -M7-
❑ Bulb: 12 V/24 W
2. Headlights with halogen bulbs (from MY2009) 237


Note

A- .
♦ The vehicle is fitted with headlights from two different manu‐
facturers; removal and installation of both headlight versions
are identical.
♦ Illustrations show removal and installation of the leftgheadlight.
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
d
Removal and installation of the right headlightVolare carried out
ksw
a oes
not
in the same way. ed
by gu
ara
nte
is
or eo
♦ Check headlight settings and adjustauheadlights
th if necessary ra
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions
ss of work . c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Caution
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
♦ Remove the ignition key. spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i

Rep. gr. 66 .
l purpos

Rep. gr. 63 .
nform
ercia
– Release and disconnect multi-pin connector -1-.

m
a
m
tio
r co
– Remove bolt -2- on inner part of headlight.

n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unscrew the three bolts -arrows-.

– Pull headlight forwards and straight out of body aperture.
Installing
ing:
– Insert headlight with the three guides on underside into mount‐

ings -arrows- on guide and push into body aperture.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
se nte
ori eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– First, screw in the three bolts -arrows-.
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
– Then, screw in bolt -2- on rear of headlight.

m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Tighten all threaded connections to specified torques t. Cop py
⇒ page 236 .
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
♦ To adjust the installation
d by
V
position of the headlight, gthe
ua front
ran
bumper does hori not have to be removed.
se
tee
ut or
The illustrations show the left headlight.
a ac
♦ ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
If it transpires during checking of the installation position that the
itte
y li
shut lines/gaps between headlight and body are uneven, the in‐
erm
ab
ility
stallation position must be adjusted.
ot p
wit
is n
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
h re
ole,
ignition key.
spec
t to the co
Rep. gr. 66 .
– Loosen bolt -2- on rear of headlight.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
– Loosen the three bolts -arrows-. yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen screw -arrow- at bottom of headlight.

– Adjust shut lines/gaps to body by pushing in or pulling out

alignment bush -arrow- on headlight.
⇒ page 236 .
– Check and readjust headlight to ensure gaps are even all
round.
– Install the radiator grille ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 66 .
2.5 Renewing bulbs
2.5.1 Renewing headlight dipped beam bulb
Note
♦ The headlight does not have to be removed to change the

bulb. . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
♦ The diagrams
by
Vol show renewal of the left headlight
k not
gu dipped beam
bulb -M29-
ris
ed for the left headlight. ara
nte
tho e or
s au ac
s
ce
e
Caution
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Removing
t to the co
Only headlight manufacturer Hella:

rrectness of i
Only headlight manufacturer Valeo:

cial p
nform
Note
mer
♦ For reasons of clarity, headlight is shown removed in the fol‐

m
tio
r co
n in
lowing illustrations.
o
thi
te

s
ir va
do
bulb.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull clip -1- upwards and remove cover cap -2- from rear of
headlight.
Continuation for all vehicles:
– Turn bulb holder with left headlight dipped beam bulb -M29-
in direction of -arrow- and remove from headlight.
– Pull left headlight dipped beam bulb -M29- -2- in

-direction of arrow- out of bulb holder -1-.
Bulb: 12 V/55 W
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Caution db
y ara
ir se nte
tho eo
u ra
ss
a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
headlight.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.5.2 Renewing main headlight bulb/daytime

running light
Note
♦ The left main beam headlight bulb -M30- / right main beam
headlight bulb -M32- is a twin filament bulb and assumes si‐
multaneously the function of the left daytime running light -
L174- / right daytime running light -L175- .
bulb.
♦ The illustrations show the renewal of the left headlight main
beam bulb -M30- / left daytime running light bulb -L174- for the
left headlight.
Caution

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn bulb holder -1- in direction of -arrow- and pull it out of

headlight together with left headlight main beam -M30- / left
daytime running light bulb -L174- .
Note
The left headlight main beam bulb -M30- / left daytime running
light bulb -L174- is permanently attached to the bulb holder and
cannot be renewed separately.
Bulb: 12 V 15/55 W
Installing
Caution

headlight.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐ ksw
agen oes
not
ing: by
Vol
gu
ara
ed
is nte
– Check headlight functions. thor eo
u ra
sa c
s
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Note
spec
t to the co
bulb.
rrectness of i
♦ The diagrams show renewal of the left side light bulb -M1- for
the left headlight.
cial p
nform
Caution
mer
atio
m

r co
n in
o

thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
– Taking connected wiring length orise into consideration, pull bulb tee
holder -1- together with leftau side light bulb -M1- backwards out
th or
ac
of reflector. ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
bulb holder -1-.

Bulb: wedge-base bulb 12 V/5 W
n
ercia
fo
Installing
rm
m
atio
com
n in
Caution
r
te o
thi
sd
iva

r
rp
cu
fo

en
ng
t.
i
py Co
Co py
envelope to cloud over. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
headlight.

ing:
Note

bulb.
♦ The illustrations show the renewal of the front left turn signal
bulb -M5- for the left headlight.

Caution

Removing
– Turn bulb holder -1- in direction of -arrow- and pull left front
turn signal bulb -M5- backwards out of headlight.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press lock button -arrow- and pull left front turn signal bulb -
M5- -1- upwards out of bulb holder.
Note
The left front turn signal bulb -M5- is permanently attached to the
bulb holder and cannot be dismantled.
Bulb: 12 V/24 W
Installing
Caution

headlight.

ing:
Note
♦ To lock the bulb holder, there are two locking lugs of different
lengths in the reflector.
♦ Insert bulb holder together with left front turn signal bulb -M5-
into reflector so that the longer locking lug points upwards.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Check headlight functions. olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
2.6 Removing and installing headlight range th
au ra
ss c
control motor
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
2.6.1 Removing and installing (Hella)

ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co

rrectness of i
♦ The illustrations show the renewal of the left headlight range

cial p
♦ The renewal of the headlight range control motor -V49- for the
nform
right headlight is carried out in the same way.

mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
Caution
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
♦ Remove the ignition key. t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Detach connector -1- from left headlight range control motor

2 -V48- .
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Turn left headlight range control motor -V48- -1- in direction of
an
itte
y li
-arrow- to stop and pull it slightly backwards out of mounting
erm
ab
-2-.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
– Tilt left headlight range control motor -V48- -1- so that ball
mer
head -3- can be swivelled downwards out of the head mount‐

a
m
ing -2-.
ion
co
in t
or
– Take left headlight range control motor -V48- out of headlight

his
ate
housing.
do
priv
cum
or
Installing
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐ C py
ht. rig
ing: rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Install left headlight range control motor -V48- into headlight. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Reconnect connector.

– Carefully swivel ball head -3- from below in ball head mounting
-2-.
– Lock left headlight range control motor -V48- -1- by turning it
anti-clockwise to stop.
Caution

light.

– Adjust headlights.
2.6.2 Removing and installing (Valeo)
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
♦ If control motors are removed and reinstalled
ed
by V
or renewed, the gu
ara
headlight adjustment must be checked
oris and the headlights ad‐ nte
eo
justed ⇒ Maintenance ; Bookletau 20.1 ; Description of work .
th
ra
c
ss
♦ The illustrations show the renewal of the headlight range con‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
trol motor -V49- on the right headlight.
an
itte
y li
erm
♦ The renewal of the left headlight range control motor -V48- for
ab
ility
the left headlight is carried out in the same way.
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Caution
t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
cial p
nform

mer
atio
– Pull clip -1- upwards and remove cover cap -2- from rear of
m
r co
headlight.
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn adjuster screw -1- for vertical adjustment of dipped beam

headlight completely in the following direction:
♦ Left headlight - anti-clockwise
♦ Right headlight – clockwise
– Then lift adjuster screw -1- slightly with a suitable screwdriver
and pull it upwards out of headlight housing.
– Disconnect connector -2- from right headlight range control
motor -V49- .
– Swivel right headlight range control motor -V49- -1- to unlock

in direction of -arrow- to stop.
– Tilt right headlight range control motor -V49- -3- so that ball
head -1- can be swivelled upwards out of ball head mounting
-2-.
– Take right headlight range control motor -V49- out of headlight
housing.
Installing
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
Carry out installation in the reverseVosequence,
lksw
a
noting the follow‐
oes
not
ing: ed by gu
ara
is nte
or eo
– Install right headlight range
au
th control motor -V49- into headlight. ra
ss c
– Reconnect connector.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Carefully swivel ball head -1- from above in ball head mounting
erm
ab
-2-.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Lock right headlight range control motor -V49- -3- by turning it

h re
anti-clockwise to stop.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
When inserting adjuster screw for vertical adjustment of dipped

beam headlight, ensure that O-ring is present and in the right po‐
l purpos
sition.
nform
ercia
– Insert adjuster screw for vertical adjustment of dipped beam

headlight in headlight housing again.
m
at
m
io
r co
n in t
Caution
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu

or
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi
light.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fit cover cap -2- and secure it with strap -1-.

– Adjust headlights.
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
au
2.7 Repairing headlight securing tabs s ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
If one or more headlight retaining tabs are damaged or broken
an
itte
y li
off, they can be renewed by installing the repair kit. There is no
erm
ab
need to renew the entire headlight.
ility
ot p
wit
Overview of installation locations of repair tabs
is n
h re
ole,
1- Outer repair tab
spec
2- Centre repair tab
t to the co
3- Inner repair tab
rrectness of i
Note
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
o
c
in t
r
headlights ⇒ ETKA (electronic parts catalogue) .

o
his
ate
do
riv
♦ Each repair kit includes the outer, the centre and the inner
p
cum
r
headlight retaining tab and the associated bolts/screws.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ The following illustrations show the repair of the retaining tabs Cop py
.
on the right headlight. Repairs on the right headlight are car‐
ht rig
rig ht
py by
ried out in the same way. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Repairing outer retaining tab ⇒ page 251 .
Repairing centre retaining tab ⇒ page 252 .
Repairing inner retaining tab ⇒ page 253 .
2.7.1 Repairing outer retaining tab


Caution

Procedure
– Remove remains of old headlight retaining tab -1-.
– Form-fit new retaining tab -1- on base of retaining tab at head‐

light and tighten bolt -2- to 1.0 Nm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Install headlight ⇒ page 215 . Volksw not
gu
by ara
ed
oris nte
eo
auth
. ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
2.7.2 Repairing centre retaining tab
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution


Procedure

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
2.7.3 Repairing inner retaining tab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
Caution
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers. yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Procedure


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
2.8 Converting Vheadlights for use when otdriv‐
w es n o
olks gu
by
ing onhothe left or right
d ara
se nte
ri e
t or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
Note
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ To avoid dazzling oncoming traffic with asymmetrical lights,

ility
ot p
both headlights should be converted to the direction of traffic

wit
(driving on the left or right) relevant to the country in which the

, is n
h re
vehicle is being driven.

hole
spec
♦ The corresponding headlight conversion set consists of two

es, in part or in w
t to the co
sections of film.
♦ Conversion of the headlights is not designed as a permanent
conversion for other countries. It is only suitable as a „tourist
rrectness of i
solution“ for a short stay abroad.

l purpos
♦ Both headlights of a vehicle must always be converted.

♦ The details „right“ and „left“ on the masking film always refer
nform
ercia
to the direction of travel when looking forwards from inside the

m
vehicle.
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


ing on the right to driving on the left
Note

hand traffic.
♦ Clean headlight lens before converting. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
♦ After pulling off adhesive film from headlight lens, d byremove re‐ gu
ara
ir se
sidual adhesive from headlight lens. tho
nte
eo
au ra
ss c
Procedure
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Turn light switch to position „0“.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Left headlight:
h re
ole,
spec
-C- only.
t to the co
– Align top and bottom of assembly film -D- with upper and lower
edge -A- of headlight lens.
rrectness of i
– Align assembly film -D- simultaneously with line -B- on line of
headlight lens.
– Push down in area -C- on headlight lens.
cial p
nform
– Carefully pull assembly film -D- off headlight lens again.
mer
a
m
ti
– Masking film -C- remains on headlight lens.
o
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
Right headlight:
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


-C- only.
headlight lens.
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
Note rise
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
♦ Remove any remaining adhesive using alcohol-basedss or al‐
cohol and water-based cleaning fluid. For example a cloth
ce
e
nl
pt
du
soaked with isopropyl alcohol.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
ing on the left to driving on the right
rrectness of i
Note

cial p
nform
mer
a
m
t
hand traffic.
ion
co
in t
or
♦ Clean headlight lens before converting.
his
ate
do
riv
♦ After pulling off adhesive film from headlight lens, remove re‐
p
cum
or
sidual adhesive from headlight lens.

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co py
Procedure ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
– Turn light switch to position „0“.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Left headlight:
-C- only.
headlight lens.
Right headlight:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
yV
olks
w not
gu
-C- only. se
d b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
– Align top and bottom of assembly film -D- with upper
au and lower
t ra
c
edge -A- of headlight lens. ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
headlight lens.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
cohol and water-based cleaning fluid. For example a cloth

soaked with isopropyl alcohol.
n
ercia
f
orm
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
Adjust headlight with halogen bulbs ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet

en
ng
i t.
20.1 ; Descriptions of work . py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Headlights with gas discharge bulbs

(up to MY2009)
Note
♦ Before working on headlights with gas discharge bulbs, al‐

ways switch off headlights and remove ignition key.
♦ The automatic headlight range control on headlights with gas
discharge bulbs is equipped with self-diagnosis.
♦ When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to
understand the functions and the operation of the lighting sys‐
tem ⇒ Operating instructions .
♦ Additional information ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting locations.

Automatic headlight range control and onboard supply control unit
-J519- are equipped with self-diagnosis.
system -VAS 5051B- in „Guided fault finding“smode.
wage
es
olk not
yV gu
3.1 Operation and safety
oris
ed notes for gas dis‐
b ara
nte
charge bulbs s auth
eo
ra
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
WARNING
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Never change bulbs if you are not familiar with the appro‐
ot p
priate procedures, safety precautions and tools.

wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– If repairs are to be made to the headlights with gas discharge t to the co

bulbs, observe the following:
♦ Notes on dangerous high voltage/currents ⇒ page 258
rrectness of i
♦ Notes on pressure/temperature/radiation/arcs ⇒ page 259

♦ Assembly notes for gas discharge bulbs ⇒ page 260
cial p
♦ Disposal regulations for gas discharge bulbs ⇒ page 260

nform
mer

atio
m
r co
♦ Safety goggles
in
o
thi
te
sd
♦ Gloves
ir va
o
p
cum
or
Notes on dangerous high voltage/currents

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
. Co py
rig
WARNING
t
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted
Control units for light systems, connectors and components
agen
Prote AG.
pertaining to bulb holders conduct lethally high voltage.
Operating the control unit and the starter unit is permitted only
with the bulb fitted.

WARNING n AG. Volkswagen AG do

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
• Switch off ignition and all electrical
orise
consumers and re‐ tee
move ignition key. au
th or
ac
ss
• When working on headlight system, ensure that there is
ce
e
nl
pt
no voltage in any components, including the dissipation of
du
an
itte
residual voltage after the headlights are switched off.
y li
erm
ab
ility
• Residual voltage can be dissipated by turning the dipped ot p
wit
beams on and then off again after withdrawing the ignition
is n
h re
key.
ole,
spec
• When working on the headlight system, ensure that the
t to the co
lights cannot be switched on.
rrectness of i
Notes on pressure/temperature/radiation/arcs
WARNING
cial p
nform
♦ Within the glass envelope of a gas discharge bulb, pres‐
mer
sure can range from between 7 bar (cold) and 100 bar
a
m
tion
(hot). Temperatures can reach up to 700 degrees Celsius
co
in t
r
on the glass bulb.

o
his
ate
do
iv
♦ Should the glass envelope explode, there is a risk of injury

pr
cum
r
from burning.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Always wear safety goggles and gloves when removing . Cop py
and installing gas discharge bulbs!
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING
• The bulbs may be operated in the headlight housing only

(protection against contact due to very hot bulbs, absorp‐
tion of UV radiation, avoidance of dazzling light, protection
against explosion).
• The glass envelope of the bulbs can be very hot - danger
of burns!
• Avoid looking directly into the beam, as the UV rays from
the gas discharge bulb are about 2.5 times greater than
normal halogen bulbs.
• Avoid looking into the light beam (danger of glare); vision
may be impaired for a substantial time.
WARNING
• Avoid contact with burst glass envelopes.

• H7 bulbs and gas discharge bulbs (xenon and bi-xenon)
are under pressure and can explode while being changed
- danger of injury.
• Always wear safety goggles and gloves when removing
3. Headlights with gas discharge bulbs (up to MY2009) 259

Repair notes for gas discharge bulbs
Caution
♦ Before renewing a bulb, always switch off the concerned

electrical consumer.
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and re‐
move ignition key.
♦ Do not touch the glass envelope with bare fingers; use a
clean cloth glove. When the light bulb is switched on, the
heat would vaporise the oil of the finger prints which would
then settle on the reflector, impairing the brightness of the
headlight.
♦ A light bulb must always be renewed with a bulb of the
same sort. The designation appears on the base of the
bulb or on the glass envelope.
♦ Properly engage connector during installation and ensure
tight seating of the connection.
Disposal regulations for gas discharge bulbs
WARNING
• Gas discharge bulbs must be disposed of as hazardous

waste; never dispose of gas discharge bulbs via house‐
hold waste system.
• Gas discharge bulbs contain metallic mercury (Hg) and
traces of thallium; never destroy these bulbs.
• These components must be recycled in the correct man‐
ner according to national law.
G. Volkswage
• Only dispose of in containers intended
lksw
agen for this purpose
A n AG d
oat
es n
an authorised collection point.
by
Vo ot g
ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2 Assembly overview n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Note oris tee
uth or
a ac
ss
After any measures which could affect the headlight setting, the headlight setting must be checked and the
ce
e
nl
headlights adjusted ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions of work .
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
1 - Vent hose
wit
is n
h re
❑ On headlight
ole,
spec
t to the co
❑ Manufacturer AL (Auto‐
rrectness of i
motive Lighting)
3 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
cial p
nform
4 - Cover cap
mer
a
m
ti
5 - Starter unit for gas dis‐
o
o
n in
c
charge bulbs -N195-

r
te o
thi
s
a
6 - Bulb retainer
do
ir v
p
cum
or
7 - Left gas discharge (xenon)

f
en
ng
i t.
bulb -L13- / right gas discharge py Co
Co py
(xenon) bulb -L14-
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Type: D2S 35 W y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
❑ Notes on safety Prote AG.
⇒ page 258
8 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
9 - Headlight
⇒ page 215
stallation position
⇒ page 217
❑ Repairing headlight se‐
curing tabs
⇒ page 276
10 - Control unit for headlight range control -J431-
❑ Coding ⇒ page 274
11 - Front left vehicle level sender -G78-
12 - Rear left vehicle level sender -G76-
13 - Adjustment bush
❑ Adjusting headlight installation position ⇒ page 217

14 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
15 - Left gas discharge bulb control unit -J343- / right gas discharge bulb control unit -J344-
❑ Not capable of self-diagnosis
16 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
17 - Left headlight main beam bulb -M30- / right headlight main beam bulb -M32-
❑ Bulb: H7U 12 V/55 W
18 - Front left turn signal bulb -M5- / front right turn signal bulb -M7-
❑ Bulb: H2 WLL 12 V/21 W
19 - Left side light bulb -M1- / right side light bulb -M3-
❑ Bulb: W 12 V/5 W
20 - Cover cap
21 - Cover cap

Removing and installing headlights ⇒ page 215 . wage
es n
olks ot g
Observe safety notes for gas discharge bulbs ⇒ page by V258 . ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
Adjusting headlight installation position ⇒ page 217 .

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
3.5 Renewing bulbs
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
3.5.1 Renewing gas discharge bulb h re

ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
The diagrams show renewal of left gas discharge (xenon) bulb -

L13- for the left headlight.
cial p
nform
Caution
mer
a
m
tio

o
n in
r c
te o
thi

s
a
do
ir v
p
♦ Observe safety notes for gas discharge bulbs

um
for
⇒ page 258 .
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
Removing y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote
AG.

Note
The connector is ejected automatically when the gas discharge

bulb starter unit -N195- is removed.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
– Turn gas discharge light starter unit -N195- -1- in direction of

un
pt
an
d
lettering „OPEN“ and pull gas discharge light starter unit -

itte
y li
erm
N195- off headlight.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
WARNING
h re
ole,
spec
♦ In the bulb glass of the left gas discharge bulb -L13- ,
t to the co
pressures can range from between 7 bar (cold) and 100
bar (hot). Temperatures can reach up to 700 degrees Cel‐
sius on the glass bulb.
rrectness of i
from burning.
♦ Always wear safety goggles and gloves when removing
cial p
and installing left gas discharge (xenon) bulb -L13- . nform

mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
– Turn bulb retainer -1- in direction of -arrow- and remove bulb

te
sd
a
retainer.
iv
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Carefully pull left gas discharge (xenon) bulb -L13- -1- out of
mounting.
Installing
Caution
♦ Do not touch glass envelope when fitting right gas dis‐

charge (xenon) bulb -L13- . Fingers leave traces of grease
on the glass envelope, which evaporate when the left gas
discharge (xenon) bulb -L13- is switched on and cause the
glass envelope to cloud over.
♦ Ensure glass envelope of left gas discharge (xenon) bulb
-L13- is not stressed mechanically. The glass envelope is
extremely sensitive and is also under a high internal pres‐
sure.
♦ Avoid looking directly into the collimated beam as the UV
radiation from the left gas discharge (xenon) bulb -L13- is
about 2.5 times higher than from normal halogen bulbs.
headlight.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, notingVthe
olks follow‐
wa not
ing: ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
– Check headlight functions. aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
If a headlight with automatic range control is removed, the basic
ab
pe
ility
setting of the headlights is always to be checked after installation
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
3.5.2 Renewing headlight main beam bulb
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
The following diagrams show renewal of the left headlight main rrectness of i
l purpos
beam bulb -M30- for the left headlight.

n
ercia
format
Caution
m
com
ion
in
r

te o
thi
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Pull off connector -arrow-. n AG. Volkswagen AG do

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Push retaining clip -2- in -direction of arrow- under locking lugs
-1- and lift up retaining clip -2-.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Take left headlight main beam bulb -M30- -1- out of headlight.
C
ht. rig
ht
rig by
py
Installing
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

headlight.

ing:

– Place left headlight main beam bulb -M30- -1- in recesses

-arrows- of headlight.
Note
The following diagrams show renewal of the left side light bulb -
M1- of the left headlight.
Caution

Removing
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Pull bulb holder -2- with left side light bulb -M1- out of reflector t to the co
-1- (be careful not to stretch wiring). rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

bulb holder -1-.
Installing
Caution

headlight.

ing:
Note
The following diagrams show the renewal of the front left turn sig‐
nal bulb -M5- for the left headlight.
Caution
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical nconsumers.

AG. Volkswagen AG ge does
swa
♦ Remove the ignition key.by Volk not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a
Removing ss c
ce
e
nl
pt

du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nfo
mer
rmatio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
267
Prote AG.
3. Headlights with gas discharge bulbs (up to MY2009)

– Turn bulb holder -1- with front left turn signal bulb -M5- in
-direction of arrow- and remove from reflector (be careful not
to stretch wiring). wage
es
olks not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Push front left turn signal bulb -M5- -2- down in bulb holder
t to the co
-1- and turn front left turn signal bulb -M5- -2- in
rrectness of i
– Pull front left turn signal bulb -M5- -2- out of bulb holder -1-.
Installing
cial p
nform
Caution
mer
a
m
t
ion
co
in t
or
his
te
headlight.
iva
do
pr
c
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
orate when the bulb is switched on and cause the glass Cop py
envelope to cloud over. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ing:
3.6 Removing and installing headlight range

control motor
Note

♦ The illustrations show the renewal of the left headlight range
Caution

Removing

Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
o lksw not
yV gu
To gain access to the secondised b bolt of the left headlight range con‐
ara
nte
trol motor -V48- , breakho r open the assembly opening at the pre‐ eo
ut
determined breaking
ss
a point on the back of the headlight housing. ra
c
This opening must be sealed on completion of repairs with sep‐
ce
e
nl
arately available sealing plug.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Fit a socket -1- on the plastic hexagon on the back of the
spec
headlight housing.
t to the co
– Press and turn the plastic hexagon out of the headlight hous‐
ing to break open the assembly opening.
rrectness of i
Note
cial p
The broken open sealing piece must not remain in the headlight.
nform
Remove it from the headlight housing.
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
– Turn gas discharge light starter unit -N195- -1- in direction of
r c
te o
starter unit lettering „OPEN“ onto stop.
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
Note py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri
Connector -1- is automatically ejected when the igniter for gas
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
discharge lamps -N195- is turned in direction of „OPEN“ onto Prote
cted AG.
agen
stop.
– Pull off gas discharge light starter unit -N195- straight back‐
wards from headlight

– Remove both bolts -arrows- for headlight range control unit .
– Lift dipped beam reflector in headlight slightly and turn the left AG. Volkswagen AG d
headlight range control motor -V48- so that the ball head -1-olkswagen oes
not
can be slid out of the ball head mounting -2- in d by V gu
ara
-direction of arrow-. orise nte
e th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Lower the reflector in the headlight again, lift the left headlight
range control motor -V48- -1- slightly and turn it in
rrectness of i
– Take the left headlight range control motor -V48- out of the
headlight housing as far as the connected wiring allows.
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
te
iva
do
pr
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Disconnect connection -2- and remove left headlight range C py
ht. rig
control motor -V48- -1-. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Installing Prote
cted AG.
agen

ing:

– Reconnect connector -2- on headlight range control motor

-1-.
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Insert left headlight range control motor -V48- -1- in headlight
spec
in position as shown in illustration.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
head -2- of the left headlight range control motor -V48- so that
it can be pushed into the ball head mounting -3- in
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Screw in both bolts for left headlight range control motor -

V48- .
nform
mercia
Caution
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
When installing cap, ensure that it seats properly. The ingress
his
ate
of water will lead to permanent damage to the headlight.

d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Tighten all threaded connections to specified torques Cop py
ht. rig
⇒ page 261 . opy
rig by
Vo
ht
c
– Install gas discharge light starter unit -N195- and screw on the
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
cap.
AG.
– Seal the broken-open assembly openings -1- using a sepa‐

rately ordered sealing plug ⇒ ETKA (electronic parts cata‐
logue) .
3.7 Removing and installing gas discharge

light control unit
Note
♦ Left gas discharge bulb control unit -J343- / right gas discharge
bulb control unit -J344- is not capable of self-diagnosis.
♦ The illustrations show renewal of the left gas discharge bulb
control unit -J343- on the left-hand headlight.

Caution

Removing
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- of left gas discharge bulb control unit
-J343- -1-.
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
For removal of the left gas discharge
rised bulb control unit -J343- , ara
nte
there is no need to removeutany connectors. The connector is fixed
ho eo
ra
on the headlight and is automatically
ss
a
separated when the left gas c
discharge bulb control unit -J343- is removed.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove left gas discharge bulb control unit -J343- -1- from
erm
ab
headlight.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Installing
h re
ole,
spec
Caution
t to the co
Ensure that the seal is seated correctly when installing the left
gas discharge bulb control unit -J343- . The ingress of water
rrectness of i
will lead to permanent damage to the headlight.
cial p

nform
ing:
mer

m
tion
o
⇒ page 261 .
c
in t
or
his
te

a
do
iv
pr
cum
r
– Carry out headlight basic setting ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet

fo
en
ng
20.1 ; Descriptions of work .

i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri
3.8 Control unit for headlight range control -
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted
J431-
agen
Prote AG.
3.8.1 Removing and installing control unit for

headlight range control -J431-

♦ Removal wedge -VAS 3409-
Caution
♦ Switch off ignition and

wage
n Aall
G. Velectrical
olkswagen Aconsumers.
G do
e
ks s no
Vol t gu
♦ Removeethe
d b ignition key.
y ara
ir s nte
o
♦ When auth removing and installing components that are inr view
eo
a
(switches,
ss covers, trim), mask off areas where tools ( cre‐
moval wedge -VAS 3409- , screwdriver) are used to lever
ce
le
un
pt
out those components using commercially available
an
d
itte
y li
masking tape.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Removing
h re
hole
– Remove side cover -1- of dash panel by inserting removal spec

es, in part or in w
wedge -VAS 3409- or a suitable screwdriver in recess -2- and

t to the co
levering off side cover -1- in direction of -arrow-.

rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release retaining clip -1- in direction -arrow- and pull connec‐

tor -2- off control unit for headlight range control -J431- .

– Unscrew bolt -arrow- and take control unit for headlight range
control -J431- -1- off bracket -2-.
Installing
ing:
– Place control unit for headlight range gecontrol

n AG. Volk-J431-
swagen-3-
AG dwith
swa oes
locking lug -2- in bracket -1-.y Volk not
gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Lock the connector -1- by pressing retaining clip -2- in direction

of -arrow-.
rrectness of i

⇒ page 261 .
cial p
After installing a new headlight range control control unit -J431- ,

nform
the control unit must be coded ⇒ page 274 .

mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co py
3.8.2 Coding control unit for headlight range
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop
control -J431-
Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


5051B-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
se nte
ori eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Procedure
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
VAS 5051B- .
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Body
l purpos
nform
ercia
♦ Automatic headlight range control

m
at
m
♦ Automatic headlight range control functions
io
r co
n in t
o
♦ Coding automatic headlight range control

his
ate
d
iv
o
r
Once the control unit for headlight range control -J431- has been
p
cu
or
coded, a headlight basic setting must be carried out ⇒ Mainte‐

f
en
ng
t.
yi
nance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions of work .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
3.9 Vehicle level sender
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
There is a front left vehicle level sender -G78- located on the front Prote AG.
axle and a rear left vehicle level sender -G76- on the rear axle.
If front left vehicle level sender -G78- / rear left vehicle level send‐
er -G76- is renewed, check values ⇒ page 275 and carry out
basic setting of headlights ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; De‐
scriptions of work .
If the values from front left vehicle level sender -G78- / rear left
vehicle level sender -G76- are outside the specified tolerance,
basic headlight setting cannot be carried out.
3.9.1 Removing and installing vehicle level

sender
The vehicle level senders are part of the adaptive suspension
system. Removal and installation of vehicle level sender ⇒ Run‐
ning gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 43 .
3.9.2 Checking vehicle level sender



5051B-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
u ra
The front left vehicle level sender -G78- / rearss aleft vehicle level c
sender -G76- transmit the longitudinal inclination angle of the ve‐
ce
e
nl
pt
hicle by way of signals to the control unit for headlight range
du
an
itte
control -J431- .
y li
erm
ab
ility
A check is made as to whether the rear left vehicle level sender -
ot p
G76- / front left vehicle level sender -G78- supply the control unit
wit
is n
h re
for headlight range control -J431- with plausible signals.
ole,
spec
No entry is stored in the control unit for cornering light and head‐
t to the co
light range control -J431- in the following instances:
♦ In the case of incorrectly installed front left vehicle level sender
-G78- / rear left vehicle level sender -G76-
rrectness of i
♦ For mechanical damage to front left vehicle level sender -
G78- / rear left vehicle level sender -G76-
cial p
♦ Vehicle suspension has been modified (lowered).
nform
mer
a
m
tio
Note
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
If the values from front left vehicle level sender -G78- / rear left
do
vehicle level sender -G76- are outside the specified tolerance,
p
cum
or
basic headlight setting cannot be carried out.

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
Procedure
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system - Prote
cted AG.
agen
VAS 5051B- .
♦ Body
♦ Automatic headlight range control
♦ Automatic headlight range control functions
♦ Checking vehicle level sender
3.10 Repairing headlight securing tabs

Repairing headlight securing tabs ⇒ page 231 .

3.11 Converting headlights for use when driv‐

To avoid dazzling oncoming traffic with the asymmetrical lights,
both headlights should be converted (driving on the left or right)
for the country in which the vehicle is being driven.
Note
♦ Before working on gas discharge headlights, always switch off

the headlights and remove the ignition key.
♦ The procedure for converting the headlights is the same for
both sides and is described as follows using the left headlight
as an example.
Procedure
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Turn cover cap -1- in -direction of arrow- and remove. olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o
WARNING auth eo
ra
ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
on the glass bulb. The reflector is equally as hot.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ There is a risk of injury from burning.
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Always allow the headlight to cool for a sufficient period of
time.
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Push control lever -1- in desired position - A- or -B-.
Control lever -1- up: driving on left -A-
cial p
Control lever -1- down: driving on right -B-
nform
mer
a
Caution
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cu
light.
r
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh
– Seal headlight housing using cover cap and secure in place
ht
yri by
cop
by applying twisting motion.
Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Adjusting headlights with gas discharge bulb ⇒ Maintenance ;
Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions of work .

4 Headlights with gas discharge bulbs

and cornering lights (from MY2010)
Note
♦ Before working on headlight with gas discharge lights and cor‐

nering lights, always switch off the headlights and remove the
ignition key.
♦ When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely essential that
the function and operation of the lighting system are first un‐
derstood.
♦ Additional information:
⇒ Self-study programme No. 335 ; The Cornering Light System
tions
Observe safety notes for gas discharge bulbs ⇒ page 258 .
wage
General description Volks
es n
ot g
d by ua
ran
e
The headlights with gas discharge bulbs and a corneringhor light
is tee
have a „bi-xenon“ feature. au
t or
ac
ss
With conventional xenon headlights, the gas discharge bulbs only
ce
e
nl
pt
du
generate the dipped beam. The „bi-xenon“ features makes it pos‐
an
itte
y li
sible to generate both the dipped beam and the main beam with
erm
ab
„one“ gas discharge bulb. To achieve this, an electromechanical
ility
ot p
adjuster ( left headlight screen adjustment solenoid -N395- / right
wit
is n
headlight screen adjustment solenoid -N396- ) uncovers the
h re
ole,
screened area of the dipped beam on actuation of the main beam
spec
function, thus producing main beam light distribution.
t to the co
This means that with „bi-xenon“ headlights the main beam is al‐
ways automatically adjusted together with the dipped beam.
rrectness of i
The headlights with gas discharge bulbs and cornering lights do
not have an „additional main beam“.
The cornering light has the following features:
cial p
nform
♦ Swivelling main and dipped beams (dynamic cornering lights):

mer
at vehicle speeds in excess of 10 km/h and steering turned.

a
m
tion
♦ Cornering light bulb (static cornering light): when turning into

co
in t
r
tight bends (bend radius smaller than 500 m) or when turning

o
his
te
a corner at vehicle speeds of less than 50 km/h

a
do
iv
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Automatic headlight range control, cornering lights and onboard ht.
Cop py
supply control unit are equipped with self-diagnosis.
rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

Note
The bulb failure -K170- warning lamp flashes in the dash panel
insert if the headlight range control or the variable front lighting
has a fault.
1 - Cover cap
2 - Cover cap
3 - Front left turn signal bulb -
M5- / front right turn signal bulb
-M7-
❑ Bulb: PSY 12 V/24 W
4 - Left side light bulb -M1- /
right side light bulb -M3-
❑ Bulb: wedge-base bulb
12 V/5 W
⇒ page 292
6 - Left gas discharge (xenon)
bulb -L13- / right gas discharge
(xenon) bulb -L14- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
❑ Bulb: D1S 12bV/35 VolksW ot g
y ua
ed ran
❑ Notes onhosafety
ris tee
⇒ pageau258
t or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
7 - Headlight
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
⇒ page 280
wit
is n

h re
ole,
stallation position
spec
⇒ page 282
t to the co
❑ Repairing headlight se‐

curing tabs ⇒ page 296
rrectness of i
8 - Left headlight starter for gas discharge bulb -J426- / right headlight starter for gas discharge bulb -J427-
cial p
nform
9 - Bolt
mer
❑ 1.4 Nm
a
m
tio
r co
n in
10 - Guide
o
thi
te
11 - Bolt
ir va
do
p
cum
❑ 1.4 Nm
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Headlights with gas discharge bulbs and cornering lights (from MY2010) 279
12 - Power output module for left headlight -J667- / power output module for right headlight -J668-
13 - Front end support part
14 - Vehicle level sender
15 - Bolts
❑ 5 Nm
16 - Headlight range control unit -J431-
❑ 1.5 Nm
swage es n
4.3 Removing and installing headlight olk ot g
byV ua
ed ran
oris tee
uth or
a ac
Note ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
A- .
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Illustrations show removal and installation of the left headlight.
wit
is n
Removal and installation of the right headlight are carried out
h re
ole,
in the same way.
spec
♦ If a headlight is removed, it should always be adjusted follow‐
t to the co
ing installation ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Description of
work .
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

Removing
Rep. gr. 66 .
Rep. gr. 63 .

– Release and disconnect multi-pin connector -1-.

– Remove bolt -2- on inner part of headlight.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
oris tee
uth or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Unscrew the three bolts -arrows-.
ot p
wit
is n
– Pull headlight forwards and straight out of body aperture.
h re
ole,
spec
Installing
t to the co
ing:
rrectness of i
cial p
nfo
mer
rmatio
om
– Insert headlight with the three guides on underside into mount‐
n in
r c
ings -arrows- on guide and push into body aperture.

o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
– First, screw in the three upper bolts -arrows-.
– Then, screw in bolt -2- on rear of headlight.

⇒ page 279 .
Note
If a headlight with gas discharge bulbs is removed or realigned to

. Volkswagen AG
the bodywork, the basic setting of the headlight
kswage
n AGmust always bedoes
performed and the headlight settings y Vchecked after reinstalling or
ol not
b gu
ara
realigning. orised
nte
th eo
au ra
c
– Check headlight ss and
settings
adjust headlights if necessary
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Installation position is corrected for headlights with gas discharge
h re
bulbs and cornering light in same way as for headlights with hal‐
hole
spec
ogen bulbs. Adjusting headlight installation position ⇒ page 217
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.5 Renewing bulbs
rrectness of i
4.5.1 Renewing gas discharge bulb
l purpos
WARNING nform
mercia

m
tio
r co
n in
o

thi
te
sd
a
on the glass bulb.

iv
o
pr
cu
or

f
en
ng
i t.
from burning. py Co
t. Co py
rig
♦ Always wear safety goggles and gloves when removing
h ht
rig by
py
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Observe safety notes for gas discharge bulbs
⇒ page 258 .
Note
The following diagrams show renewal of left gas discharge bulb

-L13- in left headlight. Right gas discharge bulb -L14- in right
headlight is renewed in the same way.
Caution


Removing
– Pull cover cap -1- off headlight back.
– Unlock connector -1- by pressing button on side -arrow- and

pull it off downwards.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant
rised 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤ ara
nte
Electrical system - Edition
aut 07.2010
ho eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
– Turn left gas discharge bulb -L13- -1- in -direction of arrow-
nl
pt
du
and carefully pull it backwards out of reflector.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Installing
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Caution
ole,
spec
♦ Do not touch glass envelope when fitting right gas dis‐
t to the co
charge (xenon) bulb -L13- . Fingers leave traces of grease
on the glass envelope, which evaporate when the left gas
discharge (xenon) bulb -L13- is switched on and cause the
rrectness of i
glass envelope to cloud over.
♦ Ensure glass envelope of left gas discharge (xenon) bulb
-L13- is not stressed mechanically. The glass envelope is
cial p
extremely sensitive and is also under a high internal pres‐
nform
sure.
mer
a
m
ti
♦ Avoid looking directly into the collimated beam as the UV
o
o
n in
c
radiation from the left gas discharge (xenon) bulb -L13- is

r
te o
thi
about 2.5 times higher than from normal halogen bulbs.
s
a
do
ir v
p
c
um
for
en
ng
The ingress of water will lead to permanent damage to the i t.

py Co
headlight. t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
ing:
If a headlight with automatic range control is removed, the basic
setting of the headlights is always to be checked after installation
4.5.2 Renewing turn signal bulb
Note

bulb.
♦ The following illustrations show how to change the front right
turn signal bulb -M7- in the right headlight.
Caution


Removing
– Release cover cap -2- by turning it anti-clockwise and remove.
– Turn bulb holder -1- in -direction of arrow- and pull it back‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wards out of reflector together with front right turn signal bulb wage es n
Volks ot g
-M7- . sedb
y ua
ran
ri tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Press locks -arrows- and pull right front turn signal bulb -M7-
-1- out of bulb holder -2-.
rrectness of i
Note
cial p
nform
The right front turn signal bulb -M7- is permanently attached to
mer
the bulb holder and cannot be dismantled.
a
m
tio
r co
n in
Installing
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
Caution
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
The ingress of water will lead to permanent damage to the rig ht
py by
headlight.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

ing:
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
4.5.3 Renewing
yV
olks side light bulb
wag does
not
g
b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
Note au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
bulb.
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ The following diagrams show renewal of the left side light bulb
ot p
wit
-M1- in the left headlight.
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Caution
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
Removing
nform
mer
– Release cover cap -2- by turning it anti-clockwise and remove.
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Taking connected wiring lengths into consideration, pull bulb

holder -1- together with left side light bulb -M1- out of reflector.

bulb holder -2-.
Installing
Caution

headlight.

ing:
4.6 Headlight starter for gas discharge bulb

The left headlight starter for gas discharge bulb -J426- / right
headlight starter for gas discharge bulb -J427- is located on the
underside of the respective headlight housing.
4.6.1 Removing and installing headlight start‐

er for gas discharge bulb
Note
wage es n
olks ot g
The following ed by illustrations show removing or installation
V ua
ra of right
headlight hor starter for gas discharge bulb -J427- for nthe
is tee right head‐
light.s aLeft
ut
headlight starter for gas discharge bulb -J426- or a in left
c
headlight
s is removed and installed in same way.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Caution
ility
ot p
wit
is n

h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i

cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unscrew both bolts -arrows-.
Note
When right headlight starter for gas discharge bulb -J427- is

pulled off from headlight housing, electrical connectorsagare
en Asimul‐
G. Volkswagen AG d
taneously disconnected. Vol
ksw
oes
not
g
by ua
ed ran
ris tee
– Pull right headlight starter for gas discharge
tho bulb -J427- -1- at or
au
right angles out of headlight housing.ss
ac
ce
e
nl
Installing
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ing:
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Caution
spec
t to the co
Ensure seal is seated correctly when installing right headlight
starter for gas discharge bulb -J427- . The ingress of water will
lead to permanent damage to the headlight.
rrectness of i
⇒ page 279 .
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
o
4.7 Power output module for headlight

c
in t
or
his
ate
Power output module for left headlight -J667- / power output mod‐
do
priv
c
ule for right headlight -J668- is located on the underside of the
um
or
f
respective headlight housing.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
4.7.1 Removing and installing power output
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
module for headlight
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The following illustrations show removing or installation of the

power output module for headlight -J668- for the right headlight.
For the left headlight, removing or installation is carried out in the
same way.
Caution

Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
V lksw Variant 2007 ➤ , GolfesVariant
oGolf not 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
by gu
ara
rised
Electrical system
nte - Edition 07.2010
ho eo
aut ra
– Unscrew the three bolts -arrows-. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
When right power output module for headlight -J668- is pulled off
is n
h re
from headlight housing, electrical connectors are simultaneously
ole,
spec
disconnected.
t to the co
– Pull right power output module for headlight -J668- -1- at right
angles out of headlight housing.
rrectness of i
Installing
ing:
cial p
nform
mer
Caution
a
m
tion
co
in t
When installing right power output module for headlight -
or
his
e
J668- , ensure that the seal is seated correctly. The ingress of

at
do
riv
water will lead to permanent damage to the headlight.

p
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
⇒ page 279 . py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Control unit for headlight range control -J431- must be recoded if

a new power output module for right headlight -J668- is installed
⇒ page 291 . Then subsequently perform the basic setting of
headlights ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions of work .
4.7.2 Checking power output module for

headlight
5051B-
The following procedure enables you to test the power output

module for left headlight -J667- / power output module for right
headlight -J668- .
Procedure
VAS 5051B- .

♦ Body
♦ Automatic headlight range control_cornering light
♦ Electrical components, automatic headlight range control
♦ Power output module for headlight
4.8 Headlight range control unit -J431-

control unit -J431-
Caution

Removing
– Remove the side dash panel cover on front passenger side ⇒
General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Unscrew bolt -arrow-. agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
– Remove headlight range control d b unit -J431- -1- from installa‐ ara
ir se nte
tion position taking connected
utho wire length into account. eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nfo
mer
rmatio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press locking lug -arrow- and swing arm -1- in direction of

-arrow 2- and pull off connector.
Installing
ing:
⇒ page 279 .
Note wage
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
Headlight range control unit -J431- must be recoded ris if a new
ed ran
tee
headlight range control unit -J431- is installed ⇒aupage
tho
291 . Then or
perform the basic setting of headlights ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
4.8.2 Coding headlight range control unit -
t to the co
J431-
rrectness of i
l purpos
5051B-
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
The following procedure enables you to code control unit for

headlight range control -J431- .
Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
♦ Body
♦ Automatic headlight range control, cornering lights
♦ Headlight range control functions
♦ Coding AFS headlight range control unit
4.9 Headlight range control motor

control motor
Headlight range control motor cannot be removed in headlights
with gas discharge bulbs and cornering light.
The headlight must be renewed if the headlight range control mo‐
tor is defective.
4.9.2 Checking headlight range control motor

5051B-
The following components can be tested:

♦ Headlight range control motor, left -V48-
♦ Headlight range control motor, right -V49- wage
es n
Volks ot g
Procedure d by ua
ran
ir se tee
o
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing
au and information system -
th or
ac
VAS 5051B- . ss
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte

y li
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit

, is n
h re
hole
♦ Body
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos

♦ Headlight range control motor
n
ercia
fo
4.10 Swivel module position sensor

rm
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
4.10.1 Checking swivel module position sensor

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


5051B- . Volkswage AG n AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
The following procedure enables you to test the left swivel module
position sensor -G474- / right swivel module position sensor -
G475- .
rrectness of i
Procedure
cial p
VAS 5051B- .
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
r

o
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
r
♦ Body
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Electrical system t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
♦ 01 - On Board Diagnosis capable systems p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Automatic headlight range control, cornering lights Prote AG.

♦ Swivel module position sensor
4.11 Headlight screen adjustment solenoid

With conventional xenon headlights, the gas discharge bulbs only
generate the dipped beam. The „bi-xenon“ features makes it pos‐
sible to generate both the dipped beam and the main beam with
„one“ gas discharge bulb. To achieve this, an electromechanical
adjuster ( left headlight screen adjustment solenoid -N395- / right
headlight screen adjustment solenoid -N396- ) uncovers the
screened area of the dipped beam on actuation of the main beam
function, thus producing main beam light distribution.
4.11.1 Removing and installing headlight

screen adjustment solenoid
The headlight screen adjustment solenoid on left -N395- / head‐
light screen adjustment solenoid on right -N396- are located
inside the respective headlight and can neither be individually re‐
newed nor adjusted.
In the event of damage, the headlight must be renewed
⇒ page 280 .
4.11.2 Testing headlight screen adjustment

solenoid
The left headlight screen adjustment solenoid -N395- / right head‐
light screen adjustment solenoid -N395- can be checked using
the final control diagnosis of the onboard supply control unit -
J519- .
4.12 Vehicle level sender
4.12.1 Removing and installing vehicle level

sender
n AG. Volkswagen A
The adaptive suspension system transmits
olks
wage the vehicleGangle
does in
not
the form of a signal to the automatic
d by V headlight range control. Thisgu
ara
signal is determined by the oris adaptive suspension control unit -
e nte
eo
J197- on the basis of asignal
ut
h
input from all vehicle level senders. ra
ss c
The vehicle level senders are part of the adaptive suspension
ce
e
nl
pt
system. Removal and installation of vehicle level sender ⇒ Run‐
du
an
itte
ning gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 43 .
y li
erm
ab
ility
4.13 LED module for daytime running light
ot p
wit
, is n
and side light
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.13.1 Removing and installing LED module for
daytime running light and side light
rrectness of i
The left LED module for daytime running light and side light -L176-
l purpos
and the right LED module for daytime running light and side light
-L177- are located inside the respective headlight and cannot be
renewed individually.
nform
ercia
In the event of damage, the headlight must be renewed

m
at
m
i
⇒ page 280 .
o
r co
n in t
o
4.14 Converting headlights for use when driv‐ his

ate
d
iv

pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
4.14.1 Converting headlights for use when driv‐
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo

by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ Before working on gas discharge headlights, always switch off

the headlights and remove the ignition key.
♦ The procedure for converting the headlights is the same for
both sides and is described in the following for the right head‐
light.
Caution

Procedure

WARNING

on the glass bulb. The reflector is therefore hot as well.
♦ There is a risk of injury from burning.
♦ Always allow the headlight to cool for a sufficient period of
time.
– Turn the regulator -2- in desired direction with an appropriate

cross-head screwdriver.
Lever -1- moves then into position - A- or -B-.
Lever -1- up = driving on left -A-
Lever -1- down = driving on right -B-
Caution

light.
– Lock headlight housing with cover cap again.

– Deactivating cornering light ⇒ page 295 .
– Check headlight settings andwadjust
agen headlights A
AG. Volkswagen ifGnecessary
do
lks ; Descriptions of workes.not
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklety Vo20.1 gu b ara
ed
– Convert second headlight
tho
ris in the same way. nte
e or
au ac
ss
4.14.2 Deactivating cornering light function
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
when converting headlights

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility

ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
5051B-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
If the headlights with gas discharge bulbs and cornering lights are
d
iv
o
pr
cu
converted to the direction of traffic (driving on the left or right)

or
m
f
relevant to the country in which the vehicle is being driven using

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
295
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote 4. Headlights with gas discharge bulbs and cornering lights (from MY2010)
AG.

an adjusting lever, the cornering light function (AFS) must be de‐

activated.
Procedure
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system
wage
n-AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
VAS 5051B- . yV
olks ot g
u b ara
ed
– In vehicle diagnosis, testing and informationhosystem
ris -VAS nte
e
5051B- , select „Guided fault finding“. s aut or
ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Body
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Headlight range control functions
rrectness of i
♦ Conversion between right-hand/left-hand traffic
l purpos
4.15 Repairing headlight securing tabs

If one or more headlight retaining tabs are damaged or broken
nform
ercia
off, they can be renewed by installing the repair kit. There is no

m
need to renew the entire headlight.
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
e
Note
at
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh
ht
yri by
op Vo
headlights ⇒ ETKA (electronic parts catalogue) . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Each repair kit includes the outer, the centre and the inner
headlight retaining tab and the associated bolts/screws.
Repair of headlight retaining tabs on headlights with gas dis‐

charge bulbs and cornering light in same way as for headlights
with halogen bulbs. Repairing headlight securing tabs
⇒ page 231

Adjusting headlights with gas discharge bulbs and cornering
lights ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions of work .

5 Fog lights
The onboard supply control unit is equipped with self-diagnosis.
5.1 Assembly overview - fog lights (up to MY2009)
1 - Front bumper
2 - Vent hose
3 - Left fog light bulb -L22- /
right fog light bulb -L23-
❑ Bulb: H11 12 V/55 W
⇒ page 300
4 - Fog light housing
⇒ page 298
5 - Cover cap
6 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
7 - Spreader nut
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
db ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Fog lights 297

5.2 Assembly overview - fog lights (from MY2010)
1 - Front bumper cover

2 - Fog light housing
⇒ page 299
3 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
4 - Vent hose
5 - Left fog light bulb -L22- /
right fog light bulb -L23- / left
cornering light bulb -L148- /
right cornering light bulb -
L149-
❑ Bulb: HB4 12 V/51 W
⇒ page 300
6 - Cover cap
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
5.3 Removing and installing fog lights (up to

nform
ercia
MY2009)
m
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
Note
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
The illustrations show removal and installation for the left fog light.
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri
Caution
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers
Removing

– Unclip cover cap -2- from retainers.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Pull fog light housing out of bumper and disconnect connector
ot
wit
-arrow-.
, is n
h re
hole
Installing
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ing:
rrectness of
⇒ page 297 .
l purpos
– Check function of headlight.

– Check fog light settings and adjust ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet
in
ercia
f
orma
m
com
tion
5.4 Removing and installing fog lights (from
in
r
te o
thi
MY2010)
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
py
The illustrations show removal and installation for the left fog light. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers

5. Fog lights 299

Removing
– Unclip cover cap -1- from retainers.
– Unscrew bolt -arrow-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
– Swing fog light rise housing out of bumper cover taking connected
d ran
tee
wiring length
uth into consideration.
o
or
a ac
ss
– Release and disconnect connector -arrow- and remove fog
ce
le
light housing.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Installing
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
ing:
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
⇒ page 298 .
t to the co

– Check fog light settings and adjust ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet
rrectness of i

l purpos
5.5 Removing and installing fog light/corner‐

n
ercia
ing light bulb

form
m
atio
com
n in
r
Note
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
The illustration shows removal and installation on left fog light.

fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Removing Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove fog light ⇒ page 298 . y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn bulb holder with bulb -1- in direction of -arrow- and re‐
move from fog light.
The bulb is permanently attached to the bulb holder and cannot
be renewed separately.
Installing
ing:
– Check fog light settings and adjust ⇒ Maintenancew;aBooklet
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
20.1 ; Descriptions of work . yV
olks not
gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
5.6 Adjusting fog lights th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
Adjusting fog light ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 ; Descriptions nl
pt
du
an
of work
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Fog lights 301

lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant ed 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
b ua
ran
ris tee
utho
or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
6 Bulb for turn signal repeater light and
du
an
itte
y li
entry light in exterior mirror
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
General description
, is n
h re
hole
The driver side turn signal repeater bulb in exterior mirror -L131- /
spec
passenger side turn signal repeater bulb in exterior mirror -L132-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
(side-mounted turn signals) are integrated in the exterior mirror
housings.
In addition, there is one driver side entry light in exterior mirror -
rrectness of i
W52- / front passenger side entry light in exterior mirror -W53- in
l purpos
each of the exterior mirror housings, which illuminate the entry

area around the open driver and front passenger door in the dark.
nform
ercia
1 - Driver side turn signal repeater bulb in exterior mirror -L131- /

passenger side turn signal repeater bulb in exterior mirror -L132-
m
at
m
io
2 - Driver side entry light in exterior mirror -W52- / front passenger
r co
n in t
side entry light in exterior mirror -W53-
o
his
ate
d
v

i
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
The onboard supply control unit is equipped with self-diagnosis. py

i t.
Co
Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
6.1 Removing and installing turn signal bulb
The driver side turn signal repeater bulb in exterior mirror -L131- /
passenger side turn signal repeater bulb -L132- are installed in
the left/right exterior mirror housing respectively.
In the event of damage, the complete driver side turn signal lamp
in exterior mirror -L131- / passenger side turn signal lamp in ex‐
terior mirror -L132- must be renewed.
Caution

Removing
– Remove driver side turn signal repeater bulb in exterior mirror
-L131- / passenger side turn signal repeater bulb in exterior
mirror -L132- ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66
Installing
– Install driver side turn signal repeater bulb in exterior mirror -
L131- / passenger side turn signal repeater bulb in exterior
mirror -L132- ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66
6.2 Removing and installing entry light in ex‐

terior mirror
The driver side entry light in exterior mirror -W52- / front passen‐
ger side entry light in exterior mirror -W53- are installed in the left
and right exterior mirror housing respectively.
There is no need to remove exterior mirror to remove and install
driver side entry light in exterior mirror -W52- / front passenger
side entry light in exterior mirror -W53- .
The procedure for removal and installation of the driver side entry
light in exterior mirror -W52- and front passenger side entry light

in exterior mirror -W53- is the same and is therefore described for

one side only.
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Removing by
Vo l not
gu
d ara
ir se nte
– Fold exterior mirror -1- forwards
tho in -direction of arrow-. eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Unclip driver side entry light in exterior mirror -W52- from ex‐
Prote AG.
terior mirror in -direction of arrow- and pull it out as far as the

wiring allows.
6. Bulb for turn signal repeater light and entry light in exterior mirror 303
– Pull bulb holder -2- in -direction of arrow-

ageout
n AGof
. Vhousing
olkswagen-1-
AG dof
oes
olksw-W52- .
driver side entry light in exterior mirror not
yV gu b ara
ed
Renewing bulb: ho
ris nte
e
t or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Pull push-fit bulb -1- in -direction of arrow- out of bulb holder
-2-.
rrectness of i
Push-fit bulb: 12 V/6 W
Installing
cial p
nform
mer
ing:
a
m
tio
– Following installation, check operation of exterior mirrors.
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
7 Removing and installing front side
d ara
se nte
ori eo
h
marker light in front bumper
ut ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
The front left side marker bulb -M33- / front right side marker bulb
pt
du
an
-M34- are renewed in exactly the same way. itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Rep. gr. 50 .
spec
– Release side marker light -1- by pushing locking lug in
t to the co
– Pull bulb holder -2- out of side marker light.
rrectness of i
Renewing front left side marker bulb -M33- / front right side mark‐
er bulb -M34- :
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
– Pull front left side marker bulb -M33- -1- in direction of arrow
en
ng
t.
yi Co
out of bulb holder -2-. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Installing yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
ing:
– Following installation, carry out functional check.
7. Removing and installing front side marker light in front bumper 305
8 Rear side marker bulb (USA/Canada

only)
The function of the rear side marker light -M12- is taken over by
the left tail light bulb -M4- / right tail light bulb -M2- .
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
9 Tail lights
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
tho eo
au ra
ss c
9.1 Assembly overview - tail light in side panel (bulbs) - saloon
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
1 - Nut
pe
ility
❑ 3.5 Nm
ot
wit
, is n
h re
2 - Left brake light bulb -M9- /
hole
spec
right brake light bulb -M10-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3 - Tail light housing in side
panel
❑ Contains LED module
rrectness of i
for daytime running light
and side light
l purpos

⇒ page 307
n
ercia
form
4 - Rear left turn signal bulb -
m
atio
com
M6- / rear right turn signal bulb
n in
-M8-
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
5 - Bulb carrier
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
⇒ page 308
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
9.2 Removing and installing tail light in side

panel (bulbs) - saloon
Caution

Removing
– Push side panel trim to the side.
9. Tail lights 307


– Unscrew securing nuts -2- from tail light in lower part of side
panel.
– Remove tail light.
Installing
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Carry out installation in theolkreverse
swa
g
sequence, noting
doesthe follow‐
not
ing: ed
by V gu
ara
ris nte
– Tighten all threaded
aut
ho connections to specified torques eo
ra
⇒ page 307ss. c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Note
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
Tail light connector in side panel must be „heard“ to engage when
wit
, is n
reconnecting.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– When installation is complete, check gap/shut lines of tail light
t to the co
to body.
rrectness of i
9.3 Removing and installing tail light bulb
carrier in side panel - saloon
l purpos
Removing
n
ercia
fo
rm
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unclip fastening tabs -1- -in direction of arrow- and unhook

bulb carrier from tail light housing -2-.
Installing

9.4 Tail light in side panel (LED) - saloon
1 - Nut
❑ 3.5 Nm
2 - Tail light in side panel
⇒ page 309
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nfo
mer
rmatio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
9.5 Removing and installing tail light in side
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
panel (LED) - saloon
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
The tail light in the side panel with LED cannot be dismantled
AG.
further. It comprises the following components:

♦ Left tail light bulb -M4- / right tail light bulb -M2-
♦ Left brake and tail light bulb -M21- / right brake and tail light
bulb -M22-
♦ Rear left turn signal bulb -M6- / rear right turn signal bulb -M8-
Caution

Removing
– Push side panel trim to the side.
9. Tail lights 309


– Unscrew nuts -2- from tail light in lower part of side panel.
Installing
ing:
⇒ page 309 .
Note
♦ Tail light connector in side panel must be „heard“ to engage

when reconnecting.
♦ Connector is locked correctly when locking tab is pressed
down again!

to body.
9.6 Assembly overview - tail light in rear lid - saloon
1 - Nut
❑ 3.5 Nm
2 - Bulb carrier
⇒ page 311
3 - Left reversing light bulb -
M16- / left reversing light bulb n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
-L46- / right reversing light bulb byV
o ot g
ua
-M17- ris
ed ran
tee
tho
❑ Bulb: P 12 V/21 W au or
ac
ss
ce
4 - Tail light housing in rear lid

le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
⇒ page 311
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
5 - Washer
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

9.7 Removing and installing tail light in rear

lid - saloon
Caution wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical
tho consumers. tee
or
au ac
♦ Remove the ignition key. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Unclip service cover from trim in rear lid.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Unscrew nuts -1- from tail light in rear lid.
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
ing:
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
– Fix washer -2- before fitting to raised section (dome) -1- using
o
p
c
a drop of adhesive (Loctite) to prevent it from falling into the
um
for
en
g
cavity of the vehicle body.

n
t.
yi Co
op py
– Place washers -2- on raised section (dome) -1-.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
– Tighten all threaded connections to specified torques by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ page 310 . Prote AG.

to body.

holder in rear lid - saloon
Caution

Removing
– Unclip service cover from trim in rear lid.
9. Tail lights 311

Note
The lower trim of the rear lid need not be removed. For illustration
purposes, the lower trim of the rear lid is not shown in the following
picture.
– Release both lugs -in direction of arrow- and take out bulb
carrier -1-.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
se nte
ori eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9.9 Assembly overview - tail light - Variant

AG. Volkswagen AG d
1 - Nut lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
❑ 3.5 Nm ed by ara
nte
ris
o eo
2 - Left brake light bulb -M9- / auth
ra
right brake light bulb -M10- ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
3 - Right tail light bulb -M2- / left
du
an
itte
tail light bulb -M4-
y li
erm
ab
ility
4 - Tail light housing
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ page 313
spec
5 - Rear fog light bulb -L20- /
t to the co
right reversing light bulb -M17-
6 - Rear left turn signal bulb -
rrectness of i
M6- / rear right turn signal bulb
-M8-
7 - Bulb carrier
cial p
nform
⇒ page 314
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
9.10 Removing and installing tail light - Var‐

iant
Caution

Removing
– Push side panel trim/cover to the side.
9. Tail lights 313


– Unscrew nuts -2- and -4- for tail light -1-.
– Remove tail light -1-.
Installing
ing:
⇒ page 313 .
Note
Tail light connector in side panel should engage „audibly“.

to body.

holder - Variant
Caution

Removing
– Push side panel trim/cover to the side.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Unclip fastening tabs -in direction of arrow- and unhook bulb

carrier -1- from tail light housing -3-.
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
314
AG.
Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

wage es n Electrical system - Edition 07.2010
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
o
10 Removing and installing number
th or
au ac
ss
plate lights
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Caution
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
– Remove screws -arrows- from left number plate light -X4- .
l purpos
– Remove lens with left number plate light -X4- .

Bulb: festoon C 12 V/5 W
nform
ercia
Installing
m
at
m
io
r co
n
in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
10. Removing and installing number plate lights 315

11 Additional brake lights
11.1 Removing and installing additional

brake light bulb -M25- - saloon
Note
♦ Failure of LEDs in additional brake lights:

♦ The individual LEDs in the additional brake lights are com‐
prised in groups of four LEDs and are supplied with current in
groups.
♦ The additional brake light is designed in such a way that the
legal requirements are still met in the event that one LED group
fails.
♦ If a further LED group fails, these requirements are no longer
met according to the legislator.
♦ Due to the failure of one LED group, the intact LEDs are placed
under increased strain; it must be anticipated that further LED
groups will soon fail.
♦ If more than four individual LEDs in the additional brake light
have failed, the additional brake light must be renewed (repair
measure).
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
Caution o
ir se
ran
tee
th or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Removing wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Remove strip roof leading edge ⇒ General body repairs, in‐

spec
terior; Rep. gr. 70 .

t to the co

– Push high-level brake light bulb -M25- -in direction of arrow-
rrectness of i
to rear window.
Installing
cial p
nform
ing:
mer
– When installing additional brake light bulb -M25- , ensure the

a
m
tion
seal is seated correctly.

co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
11.2 Removing and installing additional Cop py
ht. rig
brake light bulb -M25- - estate

rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
The additional brake light bulb -M25- is located in the roof spoiler
Prote AG.
over the rear window.

The illumination of high-level brake light bulb -M25- is provided
by LEDs.
The additional brake light bulb -M25- cannot be dismantled.

In the event of damage, the complete additional brake light bulb

-M25- must be renewed.
♦ Removal wedge -T10039/1-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Caution by V ol not
gu
ara
d
ir se nte
o eo
♦ Switch off aignition
uth
and all electrical consumers. ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ When removing and installing components that are in view
itte
y li
erm
(switches, covers, trim), mask off areas where tools ( re‐
ab
ility
moval wedge -T10039/1- , removal wedge -VAS 3409- ,
ot p
wit
screwdriver) are used to lever out those components us‐
is n
h re
ing commercially available masking tape.
ole,
spec
♦ Ensure the seal is not damaged when removing the addi‐
t to the co
tional brake light bulb -M25- .
rrectness of i
Removing
– Insert removal wedge -T10039/1- between upper edge of
high-level brake light bulb -M25- and roof spoiler.
cial p
– Press additional brake light bulb -M25- downwards using re‐

fo
mer
moval wedge -T10039/1- and unclip upper retaining lugs of

matio
m
additional brake light bulb -M25- towards rear.

o
n in
or c
– Then pull the additional brake light bulb -M25- to rear out of
thi
te
sd
opening in the roof spoiler, as far as the connected wiring al‐

iva
o
pr
lows.
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
11. Additional brake lights 317

– Release and disconnect connector -1- and remove additional AG. Volkswagen AG d
brake light bulb -M25- -2-. agen oes
ksw not
Vol gu
by ara
Installing ed nte
oris eo
h
ut ra
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting sthe
s a follow‐ c
ing:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Ensure when installing the additional brake light bulb -M25- that
h re
ole,
the seal is seated correctly. The seal must not form loops or be
spec
damaged.
t to the co
– Clip the additional brake light bulb -M25- back into the roof
spoiler starting at the lower edge.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

12 Steering column switch
Caution

Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
♦ When a new steering column electronics control unit
Vo-J527-
lksw
a
is not
installed, it must be coded ⇒ page 327 . ed
by gu
ara
nte
oris eo
♦ In the event of faults in the steering columnauswitch,
th the coding ra
of the steering column electronics controlss unit -J527- must be c
ce
checked ⇒ page 327 . le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
The steering column electronics control unit -J527- is equipped
wit
, is n
with self-diagnosis.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
12. Steering column switch 319

12.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch
1 - Turn signal switch

❑ Consists of turn signal
switch -E2- / headlight
dipper/flasher switch -
E4- / cruise control
switch -E45-
❑ The illustration shows
the „turn signal switch“
with no cruise control
system switch -E45-
⇒ page 324
2 - Steering column switch
base
⇒ page 326
3 - Windscreen wiper switch -
E- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
❑ Removing and installing byV ua
ed ran
⇒ page 324 oris tee
uth or
a ac
4 - Bolt ss
ce
e
nl
❑ 1 Nm
pt
du
an
itte
y li
5 - Steering column electronics
erm
ab
control unit -J527-
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
⇒ page 321
ole,
spec
t to the co
❑ Final control diagnosis
⇒ page 328 .
6 - Airbag coil connector and
rrectness of i
return ring with slip ring -F138-
⇒ page 322
cial p
nform
7 - Steering angle sender -G85-
mer
a
m
tion
co
❑ Basic setting ⇒ page 328 in t

or
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
12.2 Removing and installing steering col‐

en
ng
i t.
py Co
umn switch t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Caution Prote AG.


Note
When removing steering column switch, make sure that no chips

get into steering column switch while drilling open the shear-head
bolts.
Removing
For removal of the complete steering column switch with the base,
the switch is dismantled and the steering lock housing is also re‐
moved. For assembly of the steering lock housing, new shear
bolts are required. Even if just one component of the steering col‐
umn switch is removed or renewed, the sequence described as n AG. Volkswagen AG do
follows must be adhered to. olks
wage es n
o
yV t gu
– Disconnect battery -A- ⇒ page 4 . db ara
ir se nte
tho eo
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ General body repairs,
ss
interior; Rep. au ra
c
gr. 69 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Remove steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; itte
y li
Rep. gr. 68 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Remove components of steering column switch in the following
wit
is n
sequence:
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Steering column electronics control unit -J527- ⇒ page 321
t to the co
♦ Airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring -F138-
⇒ page 322
♦ Steering angle sender -G85- ⇒ page 323
rrectness of i
♦ Turn signal switch -E2- ⇒ page 324
♦ Windscreen wiper switch -E- ⇒ page 324
cial p
nform
♦ Steering column switch base ⇒ page 326
mer
a
m
Installing
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
12.2.1 Removing and installing steering col‐
p
cum
for
en
umn electronics control unit -J527-
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
If a new steering column electronics control unit -J527- is instal‐ py
rig by
ht
led, it must be coded ⇒ page 327 . co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
In the event of faults in the steering column switch, the coding of
AG.
the steering column electronics control unit -J527- must be

checked ⇒ page 327 .

Removing
Caution
DO NOT attempt to remove steering. Vcolumn electronics control

olkswage AG
unit -J527- without releasing swamiddle
gen AG securingnclip,
doas
es ndescribed
in next step. Failure bto
y V do so would damage steeringt gcolumn
o lk o
ua
electronics control
ris unit -J527- .
ed ran
te
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
– Insert a piece of wire or a 2.5 mm ∅ drill bit -2- approx. 45 mm

nl
pt
du
into hole -arrow 1- in steering column electronics control unit
an
itte
y li
-J527- to release locking tab -arrow 2-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Using a screwdriver, press against the rear retaining clip
-arrow- of the control unit for steering column electronics -
l purpos
J527- .
– Carefully pull the steering column electronics control unit -
nform
ercia
J527- downwards off the steering column switch.

m
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
– Unclip -arrow A- connector -1- and disconnect from steering
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
column electronics control unit -J527- .
AG.
– Pull locking bar -3- out of connector.

– Unclip -arrow B- connector -2- and disconnect from steering
column electronics control unit -J527- .
Installing
ing:
Ensure when fitting the connector that none of the pins become
bent and that the connector can be heard to engage.
12.2.2 Removing and installing airbag coil con‐

nector and return ring with slip ring -
F138-
WARNING
Airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring -F138-
should not be moved out of central position during removal and
road wheels should be in „straight-ahead“ position.

Removing
– Slightly lift the tabs -arrows- on airbag coil connector and re‐
turn ring with slip ring -F138- -1- and pull airbag coil connector
and return ring with slip ring -F138- backwards off steering
column.
Installing
ing:
When installing airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring
-F138- , make sure airbag coil connector and lreturnkswage ring with slip es n
ring -F138- is in central position and wheelsd by are in „straight-
Vo ot g
ua
ahead“ position. o
ir se
ran
te
h eo
ut ra
Central position of airbag coil connector
ss
a and return ring with slip c
ring -F138- depends on manufacturer and is shown below:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
♦ The coloured strip (black rectangles) -arrow- must be located
atio
m
in sight window -1-.

r co
n in
o
thi
♦ The coloured strip (yellow) -arrow- must be in sight window
te
sd
ir va
-1-.
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
py Vo
If a new steering angle sender -G85- in installed, this procedure
co lksw
by
cted agen
must be followed by a „basic setting“ ⇒ page 328 . Prote AG.
12.2.3 Removing and installing steering angle

sender -G85-
Removing
– Pull the steering angle sender -G85- -1- backwards and away
from the steering column switch -arrow-.
Installing

12.2.4 Removing and installing turn signal

switch
The „turn signal switch“ comprises the following components: turn
signal switch -E2- , headlight dip/flasher switch -E4- and cruise
control system switch -E45-
Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do

wage es n
Volks ot g
y
For reasons of clarity, the steering column
ise switch is shown with
d b ua
ran
CCS switch -E45- in the illustration.uthor tee
or
a ac
ss
ce
Removing
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Release retaining clips -arrows- using 1.0 mm feeler gauge
y li
erm
ab
-1- and take „turn signal switch“ off backwards.
ility
ot p
wit
Installing
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ing:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The „turn signal switch“ should be heard to engage.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co py
12.2.5 Removing and installing windscreen ht. rig
rig ht
py by
wiper switch -E-
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
Note
For reasons of clarity, the steering column switch is shown in the

removed state.

– Release retaining clips -arrows- using 1.0 mm feeler gauge

-1- and take windscreen wiper switch -E- off backwards.
Installing
ing:
The windscreen wiper switch -E- should be heard to engage.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
Golf Variant 2007 uth ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
o
or
a ac
Electrical system
ss - Edition 07.2010
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
12.2.6 Removing and installing steering col‐
itte
y li
erm
ab
umn switch base
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
To remove the steering column switch base -2-, the shear bolts
of the steering lock housing must be drilled out. To reinstall, new
shear-head bolts -1- are required ⇒ Parts catalogue (ETKA) .
rrectness of i
l purpos
Caution
nform
ercia
♦ Ensure that the components mounted on the carrier have

m
been removed before drilling out the shear-head bolts.
a
m
tio
r co
n in
♦ The drilling operation can cause swarf to penetrate the
o
thi
adjacent components resulting in damage and/or mal‐
te
sd
va
function!
i
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
♦ Keep to the specified sequence when removing compo‐
en
ng
t.
yi
nents.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ When battery -A- is disconnected and reconnected, the
rig ht
py by
o Vo
procedure described in the workshop manual must be by c lksw
cted agen
strictly observed ⇒ page 4 .
Prote AG.
Removing
Remove the following components in sequence:
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69 .
– Remove steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 68 .
– Remove steering column electronics control unit -J527-
⇒ page 321 .
– Remove airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring -
F138- ⇒ page 322 .
– Remove steering angle sender -G85- ⇒ page 323 .
– Remove turn signal light switch -E2- ⇒ page 324 .
– Remove windscreen wiper switch -E- ⇒ page 324 .

– Separate connector -arrow- on reader coil -3-.

The base can be removed once all the components mounted to
it have been removed:
– Drill out bolts -1- of steering lock housing -3-.
Note
Bolts M8 -1-, core diameter 6.8 mm
– Pull steering lock housing and steering column switch base

-2- backwards off steering column.
– Take steering lock housing off steering column switch base.
Installing
ing:
– Place the steering lock housing into the steering column switch
base.
– Push steering column switch base -2- as far as possible onto

steering column.
– Fit connector -arrow- on reader coil -3-.
wage es n
– Secure steering lock housing using
y V new shear bolts -1- to
olks ot g
ua
steering column. isedb ran
r tee
tho
– Tighten shear bolts -1- suntil
au bolt heads shear off. or
ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
12.3 Steering column electronics control unit

spec
es, in part or in w
-J527-
t to the co
Removing and installing steering column electronics control unit

-J527- ⇒ page 321 .
rrectness of i
12.3.1 Coding steering column electronics con‐

l purpos
trol unit -J527-

n
ercia
fo

rm
m
atio
com

n in
5051B-
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
5051B- , select „Guided fault finding“. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
olks
– Using GoTo button, select „Functions/component“ and the d by fol‐
V ot g
ua
ran
lowing menu options in succession: orise tee
th or
u
♦ Body ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Steering wheel electronics
wit
is n
h re
♦ Steering wheel electronics functions
ole,
spec
♦ Coding steering wheel electronics control unit
t to the co
12.3.2 Final control diagnosis steering column
electronics control unit -J527-
rrectness of i
cial p
5051B-
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
♦ Body
♦ Steering wheel electronics
♦ Steering wheel electronics functions
♦ Steering wheel electronics final control diagnosis
12.4 Steering angle sender -G85-

Removing and installing steering angle sender -G85-
⇒ page 323 .

12.4.1 Basic setting of steering angle sender -

G85-
5051B-
Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
♦ Running gear
♦ Brake system wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
♦ 01 - On Board Diagnosis capable systems ir se Mark 60 / Mark 70
d ran
tee
tho
or
♦ Anti-lock brake system ABS/EDL/TCS/ESP
s au Mark 60 ac
s
ce
le
♦ Functions
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ Basic setting of steering angle sender -G85-
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

13 Ignition/starter switch and lock cylin‐

der
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
13.1 Removing and installing steering lock ol not
V gu
d by ara
e
housing ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
Caution
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
cedure described in the workshop manual must be strictly ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
The steering lock could be destroyed.
spec
es, in part or in w
If the steering lock is actuated without lock cylinder, it will block
t to the co
and must be renewed.
The steering lock must not be actuated without lock cylinder.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
n
ercia
form
m
atio
If the steering lock is to be removed, the steering column switch
com
n in
base must first be removed.
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
Removing
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove steering column switch base ⇒ page 326 . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
13.2 Removing and installing lock cylinder
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
♦ When battery -A- is disconnected and reconnected, the

procedure described in the workshop manual must be
strictly observed ⇒ page 4 .
♦ The steering lock could be destroyed.
♦ If the steering lock is actuated without lock cylinder, it will
block and must be renewed.
♦ The steering lock must not be actuated without lock cylin‐
der.
Removing
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69 .
– Remove steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 68 .
⇒ page 321 .
– Remove airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring -
F138- ⇒ page 322 .
– Remove steering angle sender -G85- ⇒ page 323 .

Note
♦ There is no need to remove the switches in order to remove

the lock cylinder. . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
♦ The immobiliser
by
Vol
k reader coil -D2- is secured
not to the lock cylinder
gu
and cannot
ris
ed be changed individually. ara
nte
tho e or
au a
– sPull
s connector -arrow- off immobiliser reader coil -D2-
c
.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
– Insert ignition key in lock cylinder and turn to position „Drive“.
wit
, is n
h re
Positions for key in lock cylinder:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
1- Position „Stop“
t to the co
2- Position „Drive“
3- Position „Start“
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
For reasons of clarity, the lock cylinder is shown in the following

illustration without ignition key.
– Insert steel wire (∅ 1.2 mm) into hole -arrow- adjacent to ig‐
nition key.
– Using steel wire -2- release -arrow- locking lever -3- of lock
cylinder -1-.
– Pull lock cylinder -1- out of steering lock housing.
13. Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder 331

Installing
Note
For reasons of clarity, the ignition key is not shown in the following
illustration.
– Insert ignition key in lock cylinder -1- and turn to position

„Drive“.
– Using steel wire -2- release -arrow- locking lever -3- of lock
cylinder -1-.
– Place lock cylinder -1- in steering lock housing.
Note
The connection for the immobiliser reader coil -D2- must be in‐
serted in the guide on the steering lock housing.
– Pull steel wire -2- out of lock cylinder -1- and check lock cyl‐
inder is seated correctly in the steering lock housing.
wage
– Fit connector to immobiliser reader coil -D2- . yV
olks es n
ot g
d b ua
e ran
Further installation is performed in reverse sequence. horis tee
ut or
a ac
ss
13.3 Removing and installing ignition/starter
ce
e
nl
pt
du
switch -D-
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Caution
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
cial p
– Detach connector -2- from ignition/starter switch -D- -1-.
nform
mer
– Release ignition/starter switch -D- using small screwdriver
a
m
t
-arrows-.
io
o
n in
r c
te o
– Pull ignition/starter switch -D- -1- out of steering lock housing.

thi
s
a
do
ir v
Installing
p
cum
for
en
ng
– Insert ignition/starter switch -D- in steering lock housing until

i t.
py Co
it can be heard to engage. Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Insert ignition key in lock cylinder and turn to position „Drive“.
Note
The key must be in the „Drive“ position.
Positions for key in lock cylinder:

1- Position „Stop“
2- Position „Drive“
3- Position „Start“
– Install all parts in reverse order of removal.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
13.3.1 Removing and installing ignition key
ce
e
nl
pt
withdrawal lock solenoid -N376-
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
The ignition key withdrawal lock solenoid -N376- is located very
ility
ot p
close to the ignition starter key.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co
To remove ignition key on vehicles with an automatic gearbox,
always move selector lever to position „P“ first then switch off ig‐
rrectness of i
nition. Otherwise the ignition key withdrawal lock solenoid -N376-
will inhibit the removal of the ignition key.
Removing
cial p
nform
mer
⇒ page 321 .
a
m
tion
co
– Release fastener -2- using a suitable screwdriver.

in t
or
his
ate
– Pull ignition key withdrawal lock solenoid -N376- -1- in direc‐

do
iv
pr
tion of arrow and out of its mounting.

um
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– The electrical connection will be disconnected automatically.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Installing rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the fol‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
lowing:
Note
After reconnecting the battery -A- , carry out final control diagno‐
sis to activate ignition key withdrawal lock solenoid -N376-
⇒ page 328 .
13. Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder 333

14 Parking aid

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to un‐
derstand the functions and the operation of the parking aid ⇒
Operating instructions .
The parking aid system supports the driver during parking ma‐
noeuvres by indicating the distance from the rear of the vehicle
to the obstacle by way of acoustic signals.
A 4-channel and a 8-channel parking aid system are available.
The 4-channel parking aid system consists of:
♦ Parking aid control unit -J446-
♦ Rear parking aid warning buzzer -H15-
♦ Rear left centre parking aid sender -G204-
♦ Parking aid sender, rear left, inner -G334-
wage es n
♦ Parking aid sender, rear right, inner -G335-y Volks ot g
ua
b
ed ran
♦ Rear right centre parking aid sender h-G205-
or
is tee
t or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
Note
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ It is possible that the first software version of the parking aid
ility
ot p
control unit -J446- may display various sender designations
wit
is n
due to the various levels of software. In this case allocation is
h re
as follows:
ole,
spec
♦ Rear centre left parking aid sender -G204- is rear left parking
t to the co
aid sender -G203-
♦ Rear left inner parking aid sender -G334- is rear centre left
parking aid sender -G204-
♦ Rear right inner parking aid sender -G335- is rear centre right rrectness of i
cial p
♦ Rear centre right parking aid sender -G205- is rear right park‐
nform
ing aid sender -G206-

mer
atio
m
r co
The 8-channel parking aid system consists of:

in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
♦ Parking aid control unit -J446-

o
p
cum
or
♦ Front left parking aid sender -G255-

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
♦ Front centre left parking aid sender -G254- Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Front centre right parking aid sender -G253-
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
♦ Front right parking aid sender -G252-
Prote AG.
♦ Rear left parking aid sender -G203-

♦ Rear centre left parking aid sender -G204-
♦ Rear centre right parking aid sender -G205-
♦ Rear right parking aid sender -G206-
♦ Front parking aid warning buzzer -H22-
♦ Rear parking aid warning buzzer -H15-
♦ Parking aid button -E266-

Functioning
To switch on, press, with ignition on, parking aid button -E266- or
engage reverse gear. To switch off, press parking aid button -
E266- again ( parking aid warning lamp -K136- goes out) or drive
forwards with a speed over about 15 km/h.
A brief audible signal is given and the parking aid warning lamp -
K136- lights up when the parking aid system is ready. If a fault is
detected, a continuous audible signal is given for 5 seconds and
the parking aid warning lamp flashes -K136- .
The intervals between the warning signals become proportionally
shorter as the distance decreases. At distances of less than 30
cm the warning signals merge
agen
AG. Vointo agcontinuous
lkswa en AG
does tone. Special sit‐
uation: reversingVoparallel
lksw to a wall: no warning nosignal.
tg
by ua
ed ran
Fault detection
ho
ris and fault display tee
t or
au ac
The parking
ss aid system is equipped with self-diagnosis.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
To check parking aid system as a whole, perform final control
ility
ot p
diagnosis ⇒ page 354 .
wit
is n
h re
ole,
14.2 Assembly overview - 4-channel parking aid
spec
t to the co
1 - Rear parking aid warning
buzzer -H15-
rrectness of i
❑ Saloon: under rear shelf
❑ Variant: behind right
side luggage compart‐
cial p
ment trim
nform
mer
❑ Saloon: removing and

atio
installing ⇒ page 351

m
r co
❑ Variant: removing and

in
o
thi
e

t
sd
ir va
o
p
2 - Parking aid control unit -

um
for
J446-
en
ng
i t.
py Co
❑ Behind right side lug‐ Co py
t. rig
gage compartment trim
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
❑ Saloon: removing and
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
❑ Variant: removing and

❑ Adjusting optical display
⇒ page 341
3 - Rear right centre parking
aid sender -G205-
❑ In rear bumper cover
⇒ page 342
❑ Renew sender and
sender holder in the
event of repair
⇒ page 347 .
4 - Parking aid sender, rear
right, inner -G335-
14. Parking aid 335

Volkswa
❑ Removing and installing agen
AG. gen AG
does
ksw
⇒ page 342 by Vol not
gu
ara
ed
❑ Renew sender and sender
h or holder in the event of repair ⇒ page 347nte.e
is
t or
au ac
5 - Parking aid sender, rear
ss left, inner -G334-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Renew sender and sender holder in the event of repair ⇒ page 347 .
ility
ot p
wit
is n
6 - Rear left centre parking aid sender -G204-
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
as follows:
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
aid sender -G203-
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
parking aid sender -G204- ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
♦ Rear right inner parking aid sender -G335- is rear centre right
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

14.3 Assembly overview - 8-channel parking aid
1 - Parking aid senders in rear

bumper cover
❑ Rear left parking aid
sender -G203-
❑ Rear centre left parking
aid sender -G204-
❑ Rear centre right park‐
❑ Rear right parking aid
sender -G206-
⇒ page 342
event of repair
⇒ page 347 .
2 - Rear parking aid warning
buzzer -H15- wage
es n
olks ot g
❑ Saloon: removing and d by V ua
ran
installing ⇒ page 351 o
ir se tee
th or
❑ Variant: removingss auand ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ Adjusting volume
an
itte
y li
⇒ page 352
erm
ab
❑ Adjusting pitch
ility
ot p
⇒ page 352
wit
is n
h re
ole,
3 - Parking aid button -E266- spec

❑ In centre console next to

t to the co
gear lever
⇒ page 418
rrectness of i

4 - Parking aid control unit -J446-
cial p
❑ Above relay carrier in driver's footwell

nform
mer
❑ Removing and installing (left-hand drive vehicle) ⇒ page 339

atio
m
❑ Removing and installing (right-hand drive vehicle) ⇒ page 340

r co
n in
o

thi
te
sd
ir va
❑ Adjusting optical display ⇒ page 341

o
p
cum
or
❑ Final control diagnosis ⇒ page 354 .

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
5 - Front parking aid warning buzzer -H22- C py
ht. rig
rig ht
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 353 py by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Adjusting volume ⇒ page 353 cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Adjusting pitch ⇒ page 354
6 - Sender for parking aid in front bumper cover
❑ Front left parking aid sender -G255-
❑ Front centre left parking aid sender -G254-
❑ Front centre right parking aid sender -G253-
❑ Front right parking aid sender -G252-
14. Parking aid 337

❑ Renewing ⇒ page 349 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
❑ Renew sender and sender holder in the event
y Volksrepair ⇒ page 347 .
of ot g
u b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss
14.4 Removing and installing parking aid
ce
e
nl
pt
control unit -J446- (4-channel) - saloon
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
The parking aid control unit -J446- is located behind the right lug‐
ility
ot p
gage compartment side trim panel.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Caution
t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
cial p
– Remove right luggage compartment side trim panel ⇒ General
nform
body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 .
mer
a
m
ti
– Remove connector -2- on parking aid control unit -J446- -1-.
o
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Press locking lugs -arrows- of bracket outwards and remove

parking aid control unit -J446- -1- from bracket.
Installing

control unit -J446- (4-channel) - estate
The parking aid control unit -J446- is located behind the right lug‐
gage compartment side trim panel.
Caution


Removing
– Remove connector -2- on parking aid control unit -J446- -1-.
– Press locking lugs -arrows- of bracket -3- outwards and re‐
move parking aid control unit -J446- -1- from bracket -3-.
Installing

control unit -J446-
wage
n AG(8-channel)
. Volkswagen AG
doe
olks s no
t
The parking aid control ed
bunit
y V -J446- is located in the driver's
gufoot‐
ara
well, above the relay
horiscarrier. nte
e t or
au ac
14.6.1 Removing
ss and installing parking aid
ce
e
nl
control unit -J446- (left-hand drive vehi‐
pt
du
an
itte
y li
cle)
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The parking aid control unit -J446- is located in the driver's foot‐
wit
is n
well, above the relay carrier.
h re
ole,
spec
Caution t to the co

rrectness of i

cial p
Removing
nform
mer
– Remove trim in driver's footwell ⇒ General body repairs, in‐

a

m
tio
r co
n in
– Remove securing screw -arrow- for parking aid control unit -

o
thi
te
J446- above relay carrier.

s
ir va
do
p
cum
or
– Remove windscreen wiper system ⇒ page 183 .

f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
14. Parking aid 339

– Remove the three nuts -arrows- and remove cover -1-.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Detach the three connectors -arrows- ksw and remove the parking
ag does
not
Vol
aid control unit -J446- -1- upwards
ed by out of bracket. gu
ara
ris nte
Installing ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
following:
du
an
itte
y li
– Tighten bolt of parking aid control unit -J446- to 1.5 Nm.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
14.6.2 Removing and installing parking aid
rrectness of i
control unit -J446- (right-hand drive ve‐
l purpos
hicle)
The parking aid control unit -J446- is located in the driver's foot‐
nform
ercia
well, above the relay carrier.

m
at
m
io
r co
n in t
Caution
o
his
ate
d
iv

pr
cu
or
m
f
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
Removing by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove securing screw -arrow- for parking aid control unit -
J446- above relay carrier.
– Remove data bus diagnostic interface -J533- ⇒ page 452 .

– Detach the three connectors -arrows- and remove the parking

aid control unit -J446- -1- upwards out of bracket.
Installing
following:
– Tighten bolt of parking aid control unit -J446- to 1.5 Nm.
14.7 Coding parking aid control unit -J446-

5051B-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Procedure
is n
h re
ole,
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system - spec

VAS 5051B- .
t to the co

rrectness of i

♦ Body
cial p
nform
♦ General body repairs

mer
♦ Parking aid
m
tio
r co
n in
♦ Parking aid functions

o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
♦ Coding parking aid

p
cum
for
en
ng
14.8 Adjust optical display

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Special tools and workshop equipment required rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
14. Parking aid 341


5051B-
Procedure
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information
agen
system
AG - gen AG do
. Volkswa
VAS 5051B- . Volksw es n
ot g
y ua
db ran
– In vehicle diagnosis, testing and information
ris
e
system -VAS tee
utho
5051B- , select „Guided fault finding“. or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Body
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Parking aid
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Adjust optical display
rrectness of i
14.9 Removing and installing rear parking aid
senders
l purpos
nform
ercia
♦ Release tool -T10345-

m
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Senders in rear bumper cover:

♦ Rear left centre parking aid sender -G204-
♦ Parking aid sender, rear left, inner -G334-
♦ Parking aid sender, rear right, inner -G335-
♦ Rear right centre parking aid sender -G205-

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
Golf
Vol Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant
ksw
a oes
not 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
by gu
ised Electrical system
ara
n - Edition 07.2010
r tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
ce
le
Note
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
as follows:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
aid sender -G203-
rrectness of i
♦ Rear right inner parking aid sender -G335- is rear centre right
l purpos

n
ercia
fo
rm
m
atio
com
n in
The removal and installation procedure is the same for all senders
r
te o
and is therefore described here for just one sender.
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
Caution
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
♦ Remove the ignition key. by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove rear bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 .
Caution
♦ The order for removing the senders must be adhered to

under all circumstances.
♦ The sender may otherwise be damaged. Hairline cracks
may occur if too much force is applied to the sender, caus‐
ing the sender to fail.
♦ First remove sender from bracket and then disconnect
sender connector.
– Release locking lugs -arrows- using release tool -T10345- and

pull sender with connector still joined out of bumper cover.
14. Parking aid 343

Electrical system - Edition 07.2010 en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
olks not
yV gu
– Disconnect connector -arrow- when removed. ed
b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
Installing au
t ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
following:
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Caution
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Expanding the isolation ring must be avoided under all
hole
spec
circumstances.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Function problems may occur if a damaged isolation ring
is used.
rrectness of i
♦ Renew damaged isolation rings.
l purpos
n
ercia
Note
form
m
atio
com
♦ Senders are available in different forms and must be assigned
n in
to respective fitting location in bumper cover.
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
♦ When installing senders, note position of electrical connec‐
o
r
rp
cu
tions of senders.
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Assignment of parking aid senders on inside of rear bumper cov‐ rig ht
py by
er: co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
A - RL - right outer
B - RRC - right centre
C - RLC - left centre
D - RL - left outer
Note
♦ When mounting the sender, ensure that the isolation ring

(black silicone ring) is correctly mounted on the sender head
and does not ride or roll up on insertion into the sender holder.
♦ During installation, both locking lugs of sender must engage
audibly into sender holder.
– After installing the sender, check that the sender is correctly

seated in the bracket. Visible on the outer side of the bumper,
dimension -a- of the ring gap between the sender head and
the sender holder must be even all around.

14.10 Removing and installing front parking

aid senders
Note
♦ The following illustrations show the removal and installation of

the front left parking aid sender.
♦ The removal and installation of the other parking aid senders
are carried out in the same way.
♦ Both exterior front left parking aid sender -G255- and front right
parking aid sender -G252- can also be removed through in‐
stallation aperture of fog light. Depending on equipment, re‐
move either front cover in bumper cover or fog light
⇒ page 297 .
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Removing olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
– Remove front bumper cover
thoris
⇒ General body repairs, exterior; eo
Rep. gr. 63 . au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Caution
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ The sender may otherwise be damaged. Hairline cracks spec

es, in part or in w

t to the co

sender connector.
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Push fasteners -arrows- on sender holder -1- outwards.

n
ercia
– Pull sender -2- with connected wiring backwards out of sender

for
holder.
m
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
Note
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ When removing the sender, ensure the isolation ring (black

fo
m
en
ng
silicone ring) on the sender head does not remain in the sender
t.
yi Co
op
or become lost. C py
ht. rig
ht
rig
♦ Expanding the isolation ring must be avoided under all cir‐
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cumstances. cted agen
Prote AG.
14. Parking aid 345

– Detach connector -2- and remove sender -1-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Installing lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by
Install in the reverse order of removal.
rised When doing this, note the ara
nte
following: utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
Caution
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
circumstances.
wit
is n
h re
♦ Function problems could occur if an incorrect or damaged
ole,
isolation ring is used.
spec
♦ Renew damaged isolation rings and always ensure that
t to the co
the correct isolation ring is fitted.
rrectness of i
Note
cial p
n
As the front parking aid senders have sender heads of different
fo
mer
rm
lengths, isolation rings of different heights are also installed.
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
– Check whether the correct isolation ring is installed on the

t
sd
iva
sender head.
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
Type of sender Isolation ring height dimen‐

i t.
py Co
sion -B-
Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Front parking aid senders 5.7 mm
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Renew the sender isolation ring -1-.
AG.
– Assign senders to correct fitting location in bumper cover.
Note
♦ Senders are available in different forms and must be assigned

to respective fitting location in bumper cover.
♦ When installing senders, note position of electrical connec‐
tions of senders.
Assignment of parking aid sender on inside of rear bumper cover:

A - left outer
B - left centre
C - right centre
D - right outer

Electrical
olksw
system - Edition 07.2010
n AG. V agen AG
wage does
olks not
Assigning the sender holder to location on inside of front by bumper
V gu
ara
cover, from model year 2011: ed nte
oris eo
th
A - left centre (in radiator grille) au ra
c
ss
ce
le
B - right centre (in radiator grille)
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
C - right outer
erm
ab
ility
ot p
D - left outer
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co
♦ When mounting the sender, make sure that the isolation ring
is correctly mounted on the sender head and does not ride or
rrectness of i
roll up on insertion into the sender holder.
♦ Both locking lugs of sender holder must audibly engage when
installing the sender.
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
t
io
r co
n in
o
thi
e
bumper cover must be even all around.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
14.11 Bonding sender holder in bumper cover
14.11.1 Bonding sender holder in bumper cover

The bonding process for the sender retainers in the front and rear
bumper covers is performed in the same manner. The bonding
area on the inside of the bumper cover is marked as a field around
the punched hole to assist in aligning the sender retainer during
the bonding process. Ensure that the material temperature of the
bumper cover and the sender holder lies between 15 ? and 25 ?.
14. Parking aid 347

– Clean the marked bonding areas -1- on the inside of the bump‐
er cover thoroughly with isopropanol (isopropyl alcohol).
– Apply adhesion promoter „Scotchmount 4298“ evenly to
marked bonding area -1-
– Allow adhesion promoter to flash-off for approx. 5 minutes.
AG . Volkswagen AG
– Note correct position for bonding the sender holder.
ksw
agen does
not
ol
yV gu
Front bumper cover ⇒ page 346 sedb ara
nte
ri
ho eo
Rear bumper cover ⇒ page 344 aut ra
c
ss
– Peel both protective foils off bonding surface of sender holder
ce
e
nl
pt
-2- until a grey surface appears. du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Align sender retainer -2- in marked bonding area -1- so that a
ility
ot p
uniform edge of approx. 3 mm is created.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co
Ensure that the cut-out for the sender connector in the sender
holder is pointing in the correct direction as shown in the respec‐
tive allocation. The sender wiring is too short if the sender holder
rrectness of i
is fitted incorrectly.
– Press sender holder -2- onto bumper cover for approx. 10

cial p
seconds using a high pressure.
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
Note
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
The pressure and the period are critical for the bonding proper‐
o
p
cu
ties!
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
14.11.2 Bonding sender holder in radiator grille
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Ensure when bonding the sender retainer in the radiator grille that Prote AG.
the sender retainer is aligned centrally in the punched hole in the
radiator grille as the sender holder does not have a shoulder. If
the sender holder is not aligned exactly centrally in the punched
hole in the radiator grille the isolation ring (black silicone ring) will
be under pressure from the sender ring, once installed. This may
adversely affect the function of the parking aid system. Ensure
the material temperature of the radiator grille and the sender
holder lies between 15 ? and 25 ?.

– Clean the bonding area on the inside of the radiator grille thor‐
oughly with isopropanol (isopropyl alcohol).
1- Parking aid senders
2- Decoupling ring
3- Sender holder
4- Bonding surface on inside of bumper
– Apply adhesion promoter „Scotchmount 4298“ evenly to bond‐
ing area around punched hole.
– Allow adhesion promoter to flash-offn A
for approx.
G. Volkswage5n A
minutes.
ge G do
swa es n
– Note correct position for bonding
by
Vol
k
the sender holder. ot g
ua
d ran
se
Front bumper cover ⇒ page
tho
ri 347 tee
or
au ac
– Insert sender -1- sinto
s
sender holder -3- until both locking de‐
ce
e
vices audibly engage.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Peel both protective foils off bonding surface of sender holder
erm
ab
-3- until a grey surface appears.
ility
ot p
wit
– Align sender head exactly centrally in punched hole in radiator
is n
h re
grille.
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
If the sender head is not aligned exactly centrally in the punched
rrectness of i
hole in the radiator grille, the isolation ring (black silicone ring) will
be under pressure from the sender ring, once installed, which may
adversely affect the function of the parking aid system.
cial p
nform
– Firmly press sender holder onto radiator grille for approx. 10
mer
seconds.
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
Note
o
p
cu
or
m
f
en
The pressure and the period are critical for the bonding proper‐
ng
t.
yi Co
ties! ht.
Cop py
rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
14.12 Renewing parking aid senders

cted agen
Prote AG.
If a new parking aid sender is installed, the sender head must be

first painted in the colour of the bumper cover. The following pre‐
requisites must be adhered to when painting the senders to
ensure the function of the parking aid system is not adversely
affected.
Painting senders
– Remove isolation ring (black silicone ring) from new sender
head.
14. Parking aid 349

– Degrease black sender head -1- in area to be painted -2- with

isopropanol (isopropyl alcohol).
– Paint sender in area to be painted -2- in colour of bumper cov‐
er.
Note
Dimension -B- for the painted area must not exceed 3 mm (plus
maximum 2 mm).
– Fit isolation ring (black silicone ring) on sender head again

once paint has dried.
Caution

circumstances.
is used.
14.13 Testing parking aid senders

This function can be used to check the following components via
the parking aid control unit -J446- :
♦ Front centre left parking aid sender -G254-
♦ Rear left parking aid sender -G203- wage
es n
Volks ot g
♦ Rear centre left parking aid sender -G204-ed by ua
ran
ir s tee
o
au
th or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Procedure
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
VAS 5051B- .
wit
is n
h re
ole,

spec

t to the co

rrectness of i
♦ Body
♦ Parking aid
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
♦ Parking aid senders

co
in t
or
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
350
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.


warning buzzer -H15- - saloon
Rear parking aid warning buzzer -H15- is attached to panel of rear
shelf. It is accessible from the luggage compartment.
Caution
♦ Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers. olks
wage es n
ot g
y V ua
b
♦ Remove the ignition key. rise
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
Removing
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Loosen expansion rivet -arrows- and remove rear parking aid
ot p
wit
warning buzzer -H15- from bracket.
, is n
h re
hole
Installing
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
m
io
warning buzzer -H15- - estate
r co
n in t
o
his
te
The rear parking aid warning buzzer -H15- is located behind the
a
d
iv
o
r
rear right luggage compartment side panel trim near the seat belt
p
cu
or
m
mounting.
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h
Caution rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove spreader rivet -arrows- and remove rear parking aid
warning buzzer -H15- -1-.
Installing
Note
Coding, basic setting and adaptation are not necessary if the rear
parking aid warning buzzer -H15- is renewed.
14. Parking aid 351

Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤ wagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
ks s no
Electrical system - Edition 07.2010 by
Vol t gu
a
ed ran
ris tee
ho
14.16 Adjusting rear parking aid warning buz‐
t or
au ac
ss
zer -H15- volume
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
5051B-
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
c
Procedure
r
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
c
VAS 5051B- .
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
C
ht. rig
ht
rig by
py Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
lowing menu options in succession: Prote AG.
♦ Body
♦ Parking aid
♦ Adjusting volume of rear parking aid warning buzzer
14.17 Adjusting rear parking aid warning buz‐

zer pitch -H15-
5051B-
Procedure
VAS 5051B- .

♦ Body
♦ Parking aid
♦ Adjusting pitch of rear parking aid warning buzzer
14.18 Removing and installing front parking

aid warning buzzer -H22-
The front parking aid warning buzzer -H22- is located under the
dash panel in the driver's footwell and is secured on the console
AG. Volkswagen AG d
for relay carrier. ksw
agen oes
n ol ot g
yV ua
db ran
ir se
Caution tho
tee
or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Removing
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Release both spreader rivets -arrows-.
– Detach connector -1- and remove front parking aid warning
rrectness of i
buzzer -H22- -2- from vehicle.
l purpos
Installing
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
Note
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
Coding, basic setting and adaption are not necessary if the front
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
14.19 Adjusting front parking aid warning buz‐
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
zer -H22- volume
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5051B-
This function can be used to adjust the volume of the front parking
aid warning buzzer -H22- .
14. Parking aid 353

Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
♦ Body
♦ Park assist steering
♦ Park assist steering functions
♦ Adjusting volume of front parking aid warning buzzer
14.20 Adjusting front parking aid warning buz‐

zer pitch -H22-
5051B-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
This function can be used to adjust the pitch of the front parking
un
pt
an
d
aid warning buzzer -H22- .

itte
y li
rm
ab
Procedure
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system - h re

VAS 5051B- .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
♦ Body
n
ercia
fo

rm
m
atio
com

n in
r
te o
♦ Adjusting pitch of front parking aid warning buzzer

thi
sd
iva
o
r
14.21 Parking aid final control diagnosis

rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.


5051B-
Procedure
. Volkswagen AG
VAS 5051B- . swa
gen AG does
k not
Vol gu
– In vehicle diagnosis, testing
ed
by and information system -VAS ara
nte
5051B- , select „Guidedoris fault finding“. eo
th
au ra
c
– Using GoTo button,
ss select „Functions/component“ and the fol‐
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Body
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Parking aid
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Parking aid final control diagnosis
14.22 Checking parking aid button -E266-
rrectness of i
l purpos

5051B-
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
♦ Body
♦ Parking aid
♦ Electrical components of parking aid
14. Parking aid 355

♦ Parking aid button

wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

15 Park assist steering
Note
♦ When handling complaints, it is essential to understand the

function and operation of the park assist steering system.
♦ Additional information ⇒ Owner's Manual
Functioning
The park assist steering supports the driver when reversing into
a parallel parking space on the driver or passenger side. When
the park assist steering is activated and the vehicle drives by at
a speed of less than 35 km/h, the side of the road is measured by
ultrasonic sensors searching for a suitable parking space. Once
a parking space has been reliably detected, the park AG. Volkswagen AG d
assist
agen steer‐ oes
ksw
ing requests the driver to continue passing bybythe V parking space
ol not
gu
ara
until the vehicle is in a position from whichrisrapid
ed parking is pos‐ nte
sible. When reverse gear is engaged, the utho park assist steering eo
ra
undertakes lateral guidance of the vehicle
ss
a
by actuating the EPS c
(electronic power steering) and steers the vehicle into the parking
ce
e
nl
pt
space in one movement along a calculated, nominal path. The
du
an
itte
driver maintains operation of the pedals (accelerator, clutch,
y li
erm
ab
brake) and longitudinal vehicle guidance, and therefore deter‐
ility
ot p
mines the parking speed. During the parking process, the park
wit
, is n
assist steering sensors are used together with the parking aid
h re
senders to monitor proximity.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
The following conditions lead to abortion of the parking process
t to the co
with park assist steering:
♦ The park assist steering system is switched off via the park
rrectness of i
assist steering button -E581- .
l purpos
♦ Ignition is switched off

♦ Parking speed too high (greater than 7 km/h)
nform
ercia
♦ Steering intervention by driver during parking process

m
at
m
♦ Disengagement of reverse gear

io
r co
n in t
o
♦ Vehicle standstill time limit exceeded (approx. 30 seconds)

his
ate
d
iv
o
r
♦ ESP switched off or ESP intervention

p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
♦ TCS intervention
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
♦ Trailer on the vehicle
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ Front parking aid is switched on.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Sensors detect a status which endangers secure determina‐
tion of the vehicle position.
♦ System malfunction
15. Park assist steering 357

WARNING
♦ Responsibility during parking is borne by the driver.

♦ The park assist steering system cannot replace the driv‐
er's attentiveness.
♦ The sensors have blind spots, in which persons and ob‐
jects can not be registered.
♦ Pay particular attention to small children and animals, as
these are not always detected by the sensors.
The park assist steering system consists of:

♦ Park assist steering control unit -J791-
♦ Front left sender for park assist steering on left side of vehicle
-G568-
wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
ed
by ara
is nte
or eo
♦ Front right sender for park assist
au
th steering on right side of ve‐ ra
hicle -G569- ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ Front parking aid warning buzzer -H22-
du
an
itte
y li
erm
♦ Park assist steering button -E581-
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Fault detection and fault display:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
The park assist steering system is equipped with self-diagnosis.

For fault finding, use vehicle diagnosis, testing and information t to the co
rrectness of i
To check the park assist steering system as a whole, perform final

l purpos
control diagnosis ⇒ page 362 .

nform
mercia
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
ir se
d Golf Variant 2007 ➤a,raGolf
nte Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
o
auth Electrical
eo
ra system - Edition 07.2010
ss c
ce
le
15.2 Assembly overview - park assist steering
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
1 - Front left sender for park
ot
wit
assist steering on left side of
, is n
h re
vehicle -G568-
hole
spec
❑ In front bumper cover
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 363
rrectness of i
l purpos

n
ercia
event of repair
for
⇒ page 347 .
m
m
atio
com
2 - Front left parking aid sender
n in
r
-G255-
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
⇒ page 363
t.
yi Co
op py
C
ht. rig
ht
rig by
py
❑ Renew sender and co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
event of repair
⇒ page 347 .
3 - Front centre left parking aid
sender -G254-
⇒ page 363
event of repair
⇒ page 347 .
4 - Front centre right parking
aid sender -G253-
5 - Front right parking aid sender -G252-
6 - Front right sender for park assist steering on right side of vehicle -G569-
7 - Front parking aid warning buzzer -H22-
❑ In driver's footwell, on relay carrier of dash panel

❑ Adjusting volume ⇒ page 368
❑ Adjusting pitch ⇒ page 368
8 - Parking aid button -E266- / park assist steering button -E581-
❑ In centre console storage compartment next to gear lever
❑ Checking park assist steering button -E581- ⇒ page 370
❑ Checking parking aid button -E266- ⇒ page 371
9 - Park assist steering control unit -J791-
❑ In driver's footwell, above relay carrier
❑ Removing and installing (left-hand drive vehicle) ⇒ page 360
❑ Removing and installing (right-hand drive vehicle) ⇒ page 361
❑ Final control diagnosis ⇒ page 362 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
15.3 Park assist steering control unit -J791- d ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
The park assist steering control unit -J791- is located
ss in the driv‐ c
er's footwell, above the relay carrier. In vehicles with parking aid,
ce
e
nl
pt
du
the parking aid functions are simultaneously controlled by the
an
itte
y li
park assist steering control unit -J791- ( parking aid control unit -
erm
ab
J446- ).
ility
ot p
wit
is n
15.3.1 Removing and installing park assist
h re
ole,
steering control unit -J791- (left-hand
spec
drive vehicle)
t to the co
The park assist steering control unit -J791- is located in the driv‐
er's footwell, above the relay carrier.
rrectness of i
Caution
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
Removing
o
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
i
py Co
t. Co py
rig
– Remove securing screw -arrow- for park assist steering con‐
gh ht
yri by
cop
trol unit -J791- above relay carrier.
Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove windscreen wiper system ⇒ page 183 .

– Remove the three nuts -arrows- and remove cover -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw n
– Detach the three connectorsby-arrows-
Vo
and remove the park ot gua
d
assist steering control unit
ri -J791- -1- upwards out of bracket.
se ran
tee
tho or
u
Installing ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
following:
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Tighten bolt of park assist steering control unit -J791- to
ility
ot p
1.5 Nm.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
steering control unit -J791- (right-hand
l purpos
drive vehicle)
nform
ercia
The park assist steering control unit -J791- is located in the driv‐
er's footwell, above the relay carrier.
m
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
Caution
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or

m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Remove the ignition key. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Removing
agen
Prote AG.

– Remove securing screw -arrow- for park assist steering con‐
trol unit -J791- above relay carrier.
– Remove data bus diagnostic interface -J533- ⇒ page 452 .

– Detach the three connectors -arrows- and remove the park

assist steering control unit -J791- -1- upwards out of bracket.
Installing
following:
– Tighten bolt of park assist steering control unit -J791- to
1.5 Nm.
15.3.3 Coding park assist steering control unit

-J791-
5051B-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
oris tee
uth or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Procedure
t to the co
VAS 5051B- .
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
♦ Body a
m
tio
r co
n in

o
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cu
r
fo

en
ng
i t.
py Co
♦ Coding park assist steering Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
15.3.4 park assist steering control unit -J791- y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
final control diagnosis
Prote AG.


5051B-
Procedure wage
es n
Volks ot g
– Connect vehicle diagnosis,
ed by testing and information system ua -
ran
VAS 5051B- . hor is tee
t or
au ac
– In vehicle diagnosis,
ss testing and information system -VAS
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
♦ Body
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Park assist steering final control diagnosis
l purpos
15.4 Park assist steering senders

Park assist steering senders are installed in front bumper cover.
n
ercia
fo
The two park assist steering senders are mounted at the outer‐
rmat
m
most, lateral positions of the bumper cover, and are used to

com
ion
measure proximity during the parking process, together with the

in
parking aid senders.

r
te o
thi
sd
iva
The following park assist steering senders are located in the front
o
r
rp
cu
bumper cover:
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
-G568- ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
♦ Front right sender for park assist steering on right side of ve‐ by c lksw
cted agen
hicle -G569- Prote AG.

steering senders
Caution

Removing
Rep. gr. 63 .

Caution

♦ The sender may otherwise be damaged. Hairline cracks
sender connector.
– Push fasteners -arrows- on sender holder -1- outwards.

– Pull sender -2- with connected wiring backwards out of sender
holder.
Note
♦ When removing the sender, make sure that the isolation ring
(black silicone ring) on the sender head does not remain in the
sender or become lost. G. Volkswage nA n AG d
wage oes
♦ Expanding the isolation ring musty Vbe
olksavoided under all cir‐ not
gu
cumstances. ed
b ara
nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
– Detach connector -2- and remove sender -1-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Installing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
following:
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Caution spec
t to the co
Function problems could occur if an incorrect or damaged iso‐

lation ring is used.
rrectness of i
Expanding the isolation ring must be avoided under all circum‐

stances.
Renew damaged isolation rings and always ensure that the
cial p
correct isolation ring is fitted.

nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
e
Note
t
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
As the front parking aid sender and the park assist steering send‐
f
en
ng
t.
ers have sender heads of different lengths, isolation rings of
i
py Co
Co
different heights are also installed.
py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Check whether the correct isolation ring is installed on the

sender head.
Type of sender Isolation ring height dimen‐
sion -B-
Front parking aid senders 5.7 mm
Park assist steering senders 9.05 mm
– Renew the sender isolation ring -1-.
Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
When installing senders, note position of electrical
Vol
ksw
a
connections not
of senders. ed by gu
ara
nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
Assignment of senders on inside of front bumper cover:
ce
le
un
pt
an
A - FLS - bracket for front left sender for park assist steering on
d
itte
y li
left side of vehicle -G568-
rm
ab
pe
ility
B - FRS - bracket for front right sender for park assist steering on
ot
wit
, is n
right side of vehicle -G569-
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
♦ When mounting the sender, make sure that the isolation ring
rrectness of i
is correctly mounted on the sender head and does not ride or
roll up on insertion into the sender holder.
l purpos
♦ Both locking lugs of sender holder must audibly engage when

installing the sender.
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
bumper cover must be even all around.

o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
15.4.2 Checking parking aid sender/park assist

steering sender


5051B-
This function can be used to check the following components via

the park assist steering control unit -J791- :
♦ Rear left parking aid sender -G203-
♦ Rear centre left parking aid sender -G204-
-G568-
♦ Front right sender for park assist steering on right side of ve‐
hicle -G569- AG. Volkswagen
agen AG do
ksw es n
Procedure y Vol ot g
ua
b
ed ran
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing andthoinformation
ris system - tee
or
VAS 5051B- . au ac
ss
ce
e

nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
♦ Body
ole,
spec

t to the co

♦ Park assist steering electrical components
rrectness of i
♦ Parking aid sender/park assist steering sender
15.5 Renewing park assist steering sender

cial p
nform
If a new park assist steering sender is installed, the sender head

mer
must be first painted in the colour of the bumper cover. The fol‐
a
m
tio
lowing prerequisites must be adhered to when painting the send‐

r co
n in
ers to ensure the function of the parking aid system is not

o
thi
e
adversely affected.
t
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
15.5.1 Painting senders

m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
– Remove isolation ring (black silicone ring) from new sender t. Co py
rig
gh
head.
ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Degrease black sender head -1- in area to be painted -2- with

AG. Volkswagen AG d
isopropanol (isopropyl alcohol).
ksw
agen oes
n ol ot g
yV u
– Paint sender in areaiseto
d bbe painted -2- in colour of bumper cov‐
ara
nte
er. uthor eo
a ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Note du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Dimension -B- for the painted area must not exceed 3 mm (plus
ility
ot p
maximum 2 mm).
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Fit isolation ring (black silicone ring) on sender head again
spec
once paint has dried.
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
circumstances.
cial p
nform
is used.
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
c
15.6 Front parking aid warning buzzer -H22-
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
The front parking aid warning buzzer -H22- is located in the driver Cop py
. rig
side footwell, behind the left dash panel relay carrier.
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
15.6.1 Removing and installing front parking
cted agen
Prote AG.
aid warning buzzer -H22-

The front parking aid warning buzzer -H22- is located under the
dash panel in the driver's footwell and is secured on the console
for relay carrier.
Caution

Removing
– Release both spreader rivets -arrows-.
– Release and disconnect connector -1- and remove front park‐
ing aid warning buzzer -H22- -2- from vehicle.
Installing
Note
Coding, basic setting and adaption are not necessary if the front

15.6.2 Adjusting front parking aid warning buz‐

zer -H22- volume
5051B-
Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
♦ Body
♦ Adjusting volume of front parking aid warning buzzer
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
15.6.3 Adjusting front parking
byV
olks
w
aid warning buz‐
oes
not
gu
zer pitch -H22- d ara
ise nte
r
ho e t or
au ac
ss equipment required
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an
itte
5051B-
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
Procedure
mer
a
m

ion
co
VAS 5051B- .
in t
or
his
ate

do
priv

cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
i
py Co
Co py
lowing menu options in succession: t. rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
368
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Body
♦ Adjusting pitch of front parking aid warning buzzer
15.7 Rear parking aid warning buzzer -H15-

On vehicles with park assist steering, the parking aid functions
are controlled by the park assist steering control unit -J791- . For
this reason, adaptations to the rear parking aid warning buzzer -
H15- are carried out via the park assist steering control unit -
J791- .
15.7.1 Removing and installing rear parking aid

warning buzzer -H15-
Removing and installing rear parking aid warning buzzer -H15-
⇒ page 351
15.7.2 Adjusting rear parking aid warning buz‐

zer -H15- volume
5051B-
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Procedure
spec

t to the co
VAS 5051B- .
rrectness of i

cial p
nform
♦ Body
mer
a
m

io
r co
n in
o

thi
te
s
a
do
ir v

p
cum
for
en
ng
♦ Adjusting volume of rear parking aid warning buzzer

t.
yi Co
Cop py
15.7.3 Adjusting rear parking aid warning buz‐

ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
zer pitch -H15-
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


5051B-
Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
♦ Body
♦ Adjusting pitch of rear parking aid warning buzzer n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
olks ot g
15.8 Park assist steering/parking aid button y V ua
d b ran
rise tee
ho
The park assist steering button -E266- / parking aid button -E581-
aut or
ac
ss of
are located in the centre console storage compartment in front
ce
e
the gear lever. The buttons cannot be disassembled.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
15.8.1 Removing and installing parking aid/
erm
ab
ility
park assist steering button
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Removal and installation of the buttons are carried out in the same
ole,
spec
way for all buttons in the centre console storage compartment and
are described in chapter ⇒ page 418 .
t to the co
15.8.2 Checking park assist steering button -
E581-
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
5051B-
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
♦ Body
♦ Park assist steering button wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
15.8.3 Checking parking aid button -E266- tho
ir se tee
or
s au ac
Special tools and workshop equipment required s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
5051B-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
Procedure
mer
atio
m

r co
n i
VAS 5051B- .
n
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
c
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
lowing menu options in succession: ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
♦ Body
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Parking aid button

16 Reversing camera system
Note
♦ When handling complaints, it is essential to understand the

function and operation of the reversing camera system.
♦ Additional information ⇒ Owner's Manual n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Functioning thoris tee
u or
a ac
The reversing camera system supports the
ss driver during revers‐
ce
ing by providing the driver with an image of the traffic situation
e
nl
pt
du
behind the vehicle on the radio/navigation system display. The
an
itte
y li
system is available as an option.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The system is activated when reverse gear is engaged, even if
wit
is n
the radio/navigation system is switched off.
h re
ole,
The reversing camera system consists of the following compo‐
spec
nents:
t to the co
♦ Reversing camera -R189-
♦ Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-
rrectness of i
♦ Steering wheel with steering angle sender -G85-
cial p
nform
Note
mer
a
m
t
Installation of an additional number plate carrier is not permissible
ion
co
on vehicles with reversing camera system as this would impair
in t
or
the function of the reversing camera. The light of the number plate
his
ate
could also be impaired.

do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
i
py Co
t. Co py
rig
The reversing camera system is equipped with self-diagnosis.
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

16.2 Assembly overview – reversing camera system
1 - Control unit with display unit

for radio and navigation -J503-
❑ In centre console at
front.
⇒ Communication;
Rep. gr. 91
2 - Reversing camera -R189-
❑ In handle button of rear
lid
⇒ page 373
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Specified torque of nuts: ksw
agen oes
not
l
6 Nm by
Vo gu
ara
d
❑ Calibrating reversing ir se nte
ho eo
camera system aut ra
c
⇒ page 375 ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
16.3 Removing and installing reversing cam‐

t.
yi Co
op py
era -R189-
C
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
The reversing camera -R189- is installed in the handle button of Prote
cted AG.
agen
the rear lid. To remove reversing camera -R189- , first remove
handle button from rear lid. The reversing camera -R189- can
then be removed from handle button.
16.3.1 Removing and installing handle button

with reversing camera -R189-
16. Reversing camera system 373

AG. Volkswagen AG d
lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
Removing
n in
r
te o
thi
Remove trim of rear lid ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
sd
iva
70 .
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
– Open wire bracket from wiring harness of reversing camera - i t.

py Co
R189- in connector area and remove both wires. Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2-.
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove both nuts -arrows-.

– Detach connector -4-.
– Remove the handle button with reversing camera -R189- -3-
from rear lid.
Remove reversing camera -R189- from handle button
⇒ page 375 .
Installing
following:
⇒ page 373 .
– Secure wiring of reversing camera -R189- with wiring retainer
to avoid rattling.
– After installation, clean reversing camera -R189- lens with a
lint-free cloth.
– Recalibrate system ⇒ page 375 .

16.3.2 Removing and installing reversing cam‐

era -R189- from handle button
Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Release locking lugs -arrows- edand remove housing -1-.
b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Pull reversing camera -R189- -1- out of lower part of handle
button -2-.
Installing
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
16.4 Calibrating reversing camera system
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Reversing camera -R189- system may have to be recalibrated

following repair work on the vehicle. In detail, this is the case after:
♦ Removing and installing reversing camera -R189-
♦ Accident repairs on rear lid
♦ After vehicle alignment
♦ Repairs to front or rear axle
Extensive preliminary work is required before actual calibration
can be carried out using vehicle diagnosis, testing and information
system -VAS 5051B- . This is described in the following.
♦ Calibration unit -VAS 6350-

16.4.1 Preparatory measures for calibration

To carry out calibration, vehicle must be positioned on a firm, level
surface. It is not permissible for anybody to be inside vehicle dur‐
ing measurement. Vehicle must not be moved during measure‐
ment, and opening and closing vehicle doors is prohibited.
VAS 5051B- .
– Set steering wheel sender -G85- to 0 position (wheels straight
ahead).
Overview of measuring setup
1 - Wheel centre mounting -

VAS 6350/1-
2 - Wheel centre mounting -
VAS 6350/1-
3 - Right bracket
❑ Spacing laser -VAS
6350/2- mounting
4 - Linear laser -VAS 6350/3-
❑ Switching on and off ⇒
Owner's manual n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
5 - Plastic foot Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
❑ Three on underbody ir se tee
tho
or
❑ Adjustable for setting s au ac
s
the horizontal position
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
6 - Spacing laser -VAS 6350/2-
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Notes on operation ⇒
ility
ot p
Owner's manual
wit
is n
h re
7 - Spirit level on calibration
ole,
spec
unit
❑ For checking horizontal
t to the co
position
8 - Left bracket
rrectness of i
❑ Spacing laser -VAS
6350/2- mounting
9 - Calibration unit -VAS
cial p
nform
6350/4-
mer
❑ Distance between angle

a
m
tion
of calibration unit -VAS

co
6350/4- and wheel cen‐

in t
or
his
e
tre mounting -VAS

at
do
iv
6350/1- : 1.20 m to 1.70

pr
cum
r
m -dimension A-
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Assembling, setting-up calibration unit -VAS 6350/4-
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Secure three wheel bolt adapters in each hole circle of wheel
Prote AG.
centre mounting -VAS 6350/1- .

– Position paddles on both wheel centre mountings -VAS
6350/1- and secure with clamping bolts.

– Insert wheel centre mountings -VAS 6350/1- into wheel bolts

of rear wheels. Wheel centre mountings -VAS 6350/1- are
positioned and secured in the adapters by the »O-rings«.
Note
Set wheel centre mountings -VAS 6350/1- against wheels so that

no »theft-inhibiting wheel bolts« are connected to wheel bolt
adapters. AG. Volkswagen A
n G do
wage es n
Volks ot g
– Use clamp nutseto d adjust paddles so that they move freely
by ua
ran just
is
above the floor.
thor tee
or
au ac
Make sure the
ss paddles can move freely.
ce
e
nl
pt
– Position calibration device -VAS 6350/4- behind vehicle at a
du
an
itte
distance of 1.20 m to 1.70 m to the angle brackets of the cal‐
y li
erm
ab
ibration device -VAS 6350/4- and the paddles on the wheel
ility
ot p
centre mountings -VAS 6350/1- , see -dimension A-
wit
is n
⇒ Item 9 (page 376) .
h re
ole,
spec
– Position the calibration device -VAS 6350/4- horizontally. Do
t to the co
this by turning the plastic feet under the calibration unit -VAS
6350/4- until the air bubble in the spirit level is precisely in the
centre of the indicator -arrow-.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
r
– Switch on the linear laser -VAS 6350/3- on calibration unit -

fo
en
ng
VAS 6350/4- -1- and align the entire calibration unit -VAS
t.
yi Co
op
6350/4- so that the laser beam -2- hits the rear end of the ve‐
C py
ht. rig
hicle centrally above the VW logo. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Switch on the spacing laser -VAS 6350/2- with the ON button.

The following display appears and the laser is activated:

– Hold spacing laser -VAS 6350/2- -2- as shown in illustration

flush against bracket on one side of calibration unit -VAS
6350/4- so that spacing laser -VAS 6350/2- lies firmly against
bracket.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
– Make sure that laser beam
hor
of from spacing laser -VAS 6350/2- eo
ut
hits lower, enlarged
ss
a part of paddle -1-. ra
c
ce
e
If this is not the case, adjust paddles accordingly on wheel mount‐

nl
pt
du
an
ing -VAS 6350/1- using clamping bolts.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Hold spacing laser -VAS 6350/2- in bracket on calibration de‐
l purpos
vice -VAS 6350/4- while laser beam is visible on paddle. Now

briefly press the ON button to measure distance. The following
nform
ercia
appears in the display:

m
The distance is shown on the display in „metres“.

at
m
io
r co
– Note the measured value.

in t
o
his
ate
– Repeat measuring process in same manner for other rear

d
iv
o
pr
cu
wheel on other side of calibration unit -VAS 6350/4- .

or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
Measured distance value must be identical on both sides. If value py Co
Co py
is not identical, adjust calibration unit -VAS 6350/4- until values t. rig
gh ht
on both sides are identical.
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
When adjusting the calibration unit -VAS 6350/4- , ensure that the Prote AG.
laser beam of the linear laser -VAS 6350/3- continues to hit the
vehicle centrally above the VW logo and that the spirit level indi‐
cator remains in the centre. Adjust accordingly if required.
The distance measured must be entered in „millimetres“ in the
vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-
during calibration.
Calibrate reversing camera system ⇒ page 378 .
16.4.2 Calibrating reversing camera system



5051B-
Note
Note the points regarding preparatory work for calibration

⇒ page 376 .

. Volkswagen AG
VAS 5051B- . swagen AG does
k not
Vol g
– In vehicle diagnosis,
ed
by testing and information systemua-VAS
ran
oris „Guided fault finding“.
5051B- , select tee
th o
au ra
c
– Using GoTo
ss button, select „Functions/component“ and the fol‐ ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Body
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ 01 - On board diagnostic capable system

hole
spec
♦ Reversing camera system

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Reversing camera functions

♦ Carry out reversing camera calibration
rrectness of i
From this point on, guidance during the calibration process will be
l purpos
provided by the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system

-VAS 5051B- .
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.

17 Removing and installing trailer socket

-U10-
Caution

Removing
– Remove trailer socket -U10- from retaining plate.
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
– Push connectors -2- in -direction of arrow- out of trailer socket
is n
h re
-U10- -1-.
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nfo
mer
rmatio
om
n in
or c
– Unlock securing tabs -arrows- and then unlock retaining clips

thi
te
sd
a
-1- and -3- to -5-.

iv
o
pr
cu
or
– Remove holding cage from connectors -2-.

m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Installing Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
ing: Prote
cted AG.
agen
Note
Be especially careful that seals -1- and -3- are not damaged.

– Push connectors -4- in until they can be heard to engage in

holding cage -2-. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Pin assignment of trailer socket -U10-
1- Terminal LTS (left turn signal)
rrectness of i
2- Terminal NSL (rear fog lamp)
3- Terminal 31
cial p
4- Terminal RTS (right turn signal)
nform
mer
5- Terminal 58R (right tail light)
atio
m
6- Terminal 54 (brake light)

r co
n in
o
thi
e
7- Klemme 58L (left tail light)

t
sd
ir va
o
p
c
8- Terminal RF (reversing light)
um
for
en
ng
i t.
9- Terminal 15 py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh
10 - Reserved for terminal 30
ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
11 - Reserved for terminal 31 cted agen
Prote AG.
12 - Not assigned
13 - Terminal 31
17. Removing and installing trailer socket U10 381

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
96 – Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
1 Lights and switches in engine com‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
partment
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
Jetta, Bora and Golf Variant do not have an engine compartment es, in part or in w
t to the co
light -W27- .
1.1 Removing and installing bonnet contact
rrectness of i
switch -F266-
l purpos
The bonnet contact switch -F266- is integrated in the bonnet lock

and cannot be replaced as a single item.
nform
ercia
If there is a defect, the complete lid lock must be renewed ⇒

m
at
m
General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 55 .
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
382 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

2 Lights and switches in dash panel
2.1 Removing and installing light switch -

E1-
The following components are integrated into the light switch -
E1- :
♦ Fog light switch -E7-
♦ Rear fog light switch -E18-
♦ Bulb for illumination of light switch -L9-
Caution

♦ When removing and installing components thatagare en Ain
G. view
Volkswagen AG
does
(switches, covers, trim), mask off areas Vwhere
olks
w tools ( re‐ not
gu
moval wedge -VAS 3409- , screwdriver) d b are used to lever
y ara
ir se nte
out those components using commercially
tho available eo
masking tape. sa
u ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Removing
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Turn rotary grip of light switch -E1- to position „0“.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Push in rotary grip of light switch -E1- -arrow 1- and turn it
spec
slightly to the right -arrow 2-.
t to the co
– Hold rotary knob in this position and pull on rotary knob to re‐
move light switch -E1- from dash panel -arrow 3-.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Installing rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Fit connector to light switch -E1- .
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Lights and switches in dash panel 383

– Hold light switch -E1- , press in rotary knob of light switch -E1-
-arrow 1- and turn slightly to right -arrow 2-.
– Hold rotary grip in this position and insert light switch -E1- into
dash panel -arrow 3- using rotary grip. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Turn grip of light switch to position „0“, release and engage ed by
V gu
ara
light switch -E1- . horis nte
eo
ut ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
2.2 Removing and installing glove compart‐
ole,
spec
ment light -W6- urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Caution Prote AG.

masking tape.
Removing
– Open glove box.
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to carefully prise out glove
compartment light -W6- .

Golf VariantAG2007
. Volks➤
wag, eGolf
n AG dVariant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
agen oes
Vol
ksw Electricalnotsystem - Edition 07.2010
g
by ua
ed ran
ris tee
– Disconnect connector -arrow-. uth o
or
a ac
ss
Renewing bulb:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Release locking lugs -1- and remove heat shield -2- from lens
of glove compartment light -W6- .
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Carefully lever bulb out of holder.
AG.
– Renew glass-base bulb (12 V/5 W).
Caution

Installing
following:
– Check function of glove compartment switch -E26- . When the
lid is closed, the glove compartment light -W6- should not be
on.
2.3 Removing and installing glove compart‐

ment light switch -E26-
The switch for glove compartment light -E26- can be found at the
rear of the glove compartment.
Caution

Removing
– Remove glove compartment ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 68 .

– Release locking lug -1- and push glove compartment light

switch -E26- out of guide rail -arrow-.
Installing
wage es n
olks
2.4 Removing and installing regulator for d by
V ot g
ua
ran
ir se
switch and instrument illumination -E20- tho tee
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
Caution
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
masking tape.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Removing
– Remove light switch -E1- ⇒ page 383 .
nform
ercia
– Removing driver side storage compartment ⇒ General body

m
at
m
io
r co
n in t

o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove regulator for switch

and instrument illumination -E20- .
Installing

2.5 Removing and installing warning lamp

for airbag deactivated on front passen‐
ger side -K145-
WARNING
Comply with the safety precautions when working on the airbag

⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69 .
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
th Caution
o
or
au ac
ss
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
masking tape.
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
– Remove centre vents ⇒ Heating, air conditioning system;
Rep. gr. 80 .
cial p
– Disconnect connectors -arrows-. nfo

mer
rmatio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove airbag warning

lamp from passenger side -K145- .
Installing

2.6 Removing and installing hazard warning

light switch -E3-
Caution

♦ When removing and installing components that are in view swagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
(switches, covers, trim), mask off areas where tools ( re‐ yV
olk not
gu
moval wedge -VAS 3409- , screwdriver) are used torilever db ara
se nte
out those components using commercially available utho eo
ra
masking tape. ss
a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removing erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove centre vents ⇒ Heating, air conditioning system;
wit
, is n
Rep. gr. 80 .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove hazard warning
pr
cu
or
m
light switch -E3- .
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Installing C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.7 Removing and installing footwell lights

Left footwell light -W9- / right footwell light -W10- are removed and
installed in same way and description is only given for one.

wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ris tee
ho
aut Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant o2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
ra
c
ss Electrical system - Edition 07.2010
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
t
Caution
ion
co
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
c
um
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
(switches, covers, trim), mask off areas where tools ( re‐ ht. rig
rig ht
moval wedge -VAS 3409- , screwdriver) are used to lever py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
masking tape.
AG.
Removing
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to prise left footwell light -W9-
out of trim beneath dash panel.

Renewing bulb:

– Release locking lugs -1- and remove heat shield -2- from lens
of footwell light on left -W9- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
– Carefully lever bulb out of holder.
ole,
spec
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
Installing
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
or
2.8 Removing and installing key operated

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
switch to deactivate front passenger Cop py
ht. rig
side airbag -E224-

rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING
Comply with the safety precautions when working on the airbag

⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69 .
Caution

Removing
Rep. gr. 68 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove front passenger
t to the co
side airbag deactivation key switch -E224- .
Installing
rrectness of i
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal. cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Lights and switches in front doors and

B-pillar
3.1 Removing and installing window regula‐

tor switch in front passenger door -
E107-
Note
The window regulator switch in front passenger door -E107- has

an integrated button illumination bulb -L76- , which cannot be re‐
placed separately.
Caution

wage es n
♦ When removing and installing components Vol that are in view
ks ot g
by ua
(switches, covers, trim), mask off areas
ris
ed where tools ( re‐ ran
tee
utho or
out those components using scommercially
sa available ac
masking tape.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
– Remove upper part of handle recess from door handle ⇒
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
or
– Release the four locking lugs -arrows- and remove window

f
en
ng
regulator switch in front passenger door -E107- from installa‐

i t.
py Co
tion frame. Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
– When installing, make sure you hear the four locking lugs click
into place.

3.2 Removing and installing switch module

for mirror adjustment on driver side
Mirror adjustment switch module - driver side (depending on
equipment)
♦ Mirror adjustment switch -E43-
♦ Mirror adjustment changeover switch -E48-
♦ Exterior mirror heater button -E231-
wage es n
♦ Fold-in mirror switch -E263- Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
♦ Mirror adjustment switch illumination bulb -L78- rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
The above mentioned components cannot be renewed individu‐ ss
ce
le
ally.
un
pt
an
d
itte
– In case of a defect, renew switch module for mirror adjustment
y li
rm
ab
- driver side.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Caution
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of
l purpos

masking tape.
in
ercia
forma
m
com
tion
Removing
in
r
te o
thi
– Remove switch module for window regulator - driver side
sd
iva
⇒ page 395 .
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
– Unclip installation frame of switch out of trim.
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove the switch module
. C rig
ht ht
rig
from the installation frame. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Installing Prote AG.
3.3 Removing and installing driver side in‐

terior locking button for central locking
system -E308-
Note
The driver side interior locking button for central locking system -
E308- has an integrated button illumination bulb -L76- , which
cannot be replaced separately.
3. Lights and switches in front doors and B-pillar 393

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components gen AG
. Vothat
lkswaare inGview
gen A
(switches, covers, trim), mask o l swaareas where tools (dre‐
koff
oes
not
V
moval wedge -VAS 3409- ed ,
byscrewdriver) are used to lever gu
ara
out those components horiusing
s
commercially available nte
eo
masking tape. aut ra
s cs
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Removing
y li
erm
ab
– Remove door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
ility
ot p
70 .
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Detach connector -1- and remove bolts -2-.
spec
– Remove inside door handle together with driver side interior
t to the co
locking button for central locking system -E308- out of door
trim.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
c
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove driver side interior
um
for
central locking button -E308- from installation frame.

en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co py
Installing t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop
Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.4 Components - front door locks

Door lock - driver side (depending on equipment)
♦ Driver door contact switch -F2-
♦ Driver side central locking lock unit -F220-
♦ Driver door central locking motor -V56-
♦ Driver door central locking deadlock function motor -V161-
Door lock - front passenger side (depending on equipment)
♦ Front passenger door contact switch -F3-
♦ Front passenger side central locking lock unit -F221-
♦ Front passenger side central locking motor -V57-
♦ Front passenger door central locking deadlock function motor
-V162-

The above mentioned components cannot be renewed individu‐

ally.
– In case of a defect, renew respective door lock ⇒ General
body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 57 .
3.5 Removing and installing switch module

for driver side window regulator
Window regulator components - driver page (4 doors)
♦ Front left window regulator switch -E40-
♦ Rear left window regulator switch, in driver door -E53-
♦ Rear right window regulator switch, in driver door -E55-
♦ Front right window regulator switch, in driver door -E81-
♦ Childproof lock button -E318-
♦ Button illumination bulb -L76-
Window regulator components - driver page (2 doors)
♦ Front left window regulator switch -E40-
♦ Front right window regulator switch, in driver door -E81-
♦ Button illumination bulb -L76-
The above mentioned components cannot be renewed individu‐
ally.
– In case of a defect, renew corresponding switch module.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Special tools and workshop equipment
Vol
krequired
swa not
y gu
db ara
or
ise nte
th eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
cial p
nform

mer

a
m
tion
co

in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv

p
cum

or
f
en
ng
masking tape.
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Caution
DO NOT attempt to prise or lift off front part of installation frame

(in area of switches) from door trim. This will damage switches!
Prise or lever installation frame from behind only, as shown by
-arrow-.
Removing
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to carefully prise mounting
frame out of door trim -arrow-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove the switch module

spec
from the installation frame.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
va
3.6 Removing and installing remote release

i
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
button for fuel filler flap and rear lid -

en
ng
i t.
py Co
E463- t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The remote release button for fuel filler flap and rear lid -E463-
has an integrated button illumination bulb -L76- , which cannot be
replaced separately.

Caution

masking tape.
Removing
– Remove door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 .
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove remote release
button for fuel filler flap and rear lid -E463- from door trim pan‐
t to the co
el.
Installing
rrectness of i

cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
3.7 Removing and installing interior moni‐

p
cum
for
en
ng
toring/vehicle inclination deactivation

t.
yi Co
op py
switch
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
The interior monitoring deactivation switch -E267- / deactivation Prote
cted AG.
agen
button for vehicle inclination sender -E360- are combined in one
unit and installed in trim of B-pillar at bottom.
The shape of the switch has been changed from model year 2007
onwards.

Caution

masking tape. olkswage es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Removing s au ra
c
s
ce
e
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to unclip switch -1- from trim.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p

nform
mer
Installing
a
m
tio

r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.8 Removing and installing central locking

deadlock function warning lamp -SAFE-
-K133-
The central locking deadlock function warning lamp -SAFE- -
K133- is located near to the exterior mirror in the driver's door trim.

3.8.1 Removing and installing central locking

deadlock function warning lamp -SAFE-
-K133-
Caution

masking tape.
Removing
– Remove driver side front door trim ⇒ General body repairs,
– Unclip central locking deadlock function warning lamp -SAFE-
-K133- -1- by pressing locking lugs together -arrows- and
remove from door trim panel.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
db ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
– Pull connector -1- off central locking deadlock function warn‐
ce
e
nl
pt
ing lamp -SAFE- -K133- -2-.

du
an
itte
y li
erm
Installing
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
following:
h re
ole,
spec
Ensure that the central locking deadlock function warning lamp -

SAFE- -K133- engages properly into door trim.

t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Lights and switches in rear doors
4.1 Components - rear door locks

Rear left door lock (depending on equipment)
♦ Rear left door contact switch -F10-
♦ Rear left central locking lock unit -F222-
♦ Rear left door central locking motor, lock -V214-
♦ Rear left door central locking deadlock function motor -V163-
Rear right door lock (depending on equipment)
♦ Rear right door contact switch -F11-
♦ Rear right central locking lock unit -F223-
♦ Rear right door central locking motor, lock -V215-
♦ Rear right door central deadlock function
gen AG
. Volkswlocking
agen AG motor -V164-
a does
lksw n
The above mentioned components
db
yV
o
cannot be renewed individu‐
ot g
ua
ally. o
ir se
ran
te
th eo
au
– Renew corresponding
r
door lock ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐ ac
ss
terior; Rep. gr. 58 . ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
4.2 Removing and installing rear window
itte
y li
erm
ab
regulator switch in door
ility
ot p
wit
is n
The procedure for removal and installation of rear left window

h re
ole,
regulator switch, in door -E52- / rear right window regulator switch,

spec
in door -E54- is the same and is therefore described for one only.
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i

cial p

nform

mer

a
m
tion

co
in t
r
masking tape.
o
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
Removing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove upper part of handle recess from door handle ⇒
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

– Release the four locking lugs -arrows- and remove rear left
window regulator switch, in door -E52- from installation frame.
Installing
– When installing, make sure you hear the four locking lugs click
into place.
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Lights and switches in rear doors 401

5 Lights and switches in luggage com‐

partment
5.1 Removing and installing luggage com‐

partment light -W3-
The luggage compartment light -W3- is located in luggage com‐
partment cover on right side.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
masking tape.
n in
o
thi
te
s
a
do
ir v
p
Removing
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
– Lever luggage compartment light -W3- -1- out of luggage com‐
Co
op py
partment trim using removal wedge -VAS 3409- -arrow-.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Renewing bulb:
G. Volkswagen
– Press contact plate -1- of luggage
wage compartment light
nA AG do
-W3-
es n
olks
outwards and remove festoon
by
V bulb -2- from bulb holder. ot gua
ed ran
ris tee
– Renew festoon bulb
ut
ho (12 V/ 10 W). or
a ac
ss
ce
e
Caution
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
5.2 Removing and installing rear lid lock unit
-F256-
cial p
nform
mer
The rear lid lock unit -F256- is integrated into the rear lid lock and
a
cannot be renewed individually.

m
tion
co
in t
r
If the rear lid lock unit -F256- is found to be defective, the entire
o
his
te
rear lid lock must always be renewed.

a
do
priv
cum
r
– Renew tailgate lock ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.

fo
en
ng
gr. 55 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Lights and switches in luggage compartment 403

6 Lights and switches in roof trim

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
6.1 Front interior light -W1- (without sun‐ ol not
V gu
d by ara
e
roof) ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
The following components are built into the front interior light -
ce
le
un
W1- :
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Front interior light -W1-
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Left centre reading light -W39-
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Right centre reading light -W40-
hole
spec
Components cannot be renewed individually. Complete front in‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
terior light -W1- must be renewed.
– Renew front interior light -W1- ⇒ page 404 .
rrectness of i
6.1.1 Removing and installing front interior
l purpos
light -W1-
n
ercia
form
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

masking tape.

Removing
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to carefully prise trim out of
front interior light -W1- -arrows-.

– Remove front interior light -W1- out of console in moulded
headliner.
– Disconnect connectors -arrows-. wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
Installing o
ir se tee
th or
Installation is carried out in s au
reverse order of removal. ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
6.1.2 Removing and installing bulb of front in‐

rrectness of i
terior light -W1-

cial p
nform

mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Lights and switches in roof trim 405

Caution

masking tape.
Removing
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to carefully prise lens out of
front interior light -W1- -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Press contact plate -1- of front interior light -W1- to side
ot p
wit
-arrow- and remove festoon bulb -2-, together with contact
is n
h re
plate, from front interior light -W1- .
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
o
– Pull contact plate -arrow- off defective festoon bulb.

c
in t
or
his
e
– Fit contact plate onto new festoon bulb (12 V/10 W).
at
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
Caution py
i t.
Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Installing
6.1.3 Removing and installing centre reading

lights
Left centre reading light -W39- / right centre reading light -W40-
are removed and installed in same way and description is only
given for one.

Removing
– Remove front interior light -W1- ⇒ page 404 .
– Turn bulb holder -arrows- of left centre reading light -W39- by
90° to the left.
– Remove bulb holder together with bulb out of left centre read‐
ing light -W39- .
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
au ac
– Carefully pull glass-base bulb out sof bulb holder.
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Caution
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos
n
ercia
f
6.2 Front interior light -W1- (with sunroof)
orm
m
atio
com
The following components are built into the front interior light -
n in
W1- :
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
♦ Front interior light -W1-

o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
♦ Left centre reading light -W39-
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Right centre reading light -W40- . C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
♦ Sunroof switch -E8-
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Components cannot be renewed individually. Complete front in‐
– Renew front interior light -W1- ⇒ page 407 .
6.2.1 Removing and installing front interior

light -W1-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Caution d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
♦ Switch off ignition a and all electrical consumers.
ut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
masking tape.
ole,
spec
t to the co
Removing
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to carefully prise trim out of
rrectness of i
front interior light -W1- -arrows-.
cial p
nfo
mer
rmatio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri
by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
– Remove front interior light -W1- out of console in moulded
Prote AG.
headliner.


Installing
6.2.2 Removing and installingagesliding

n AG. Volkssunroof
wagen AG
does
switch -E8- db
y Volksw not
gu
a
e ran
ris tee
Removing utho or
a ac
– Remove front interior ss -W1-
light ⇒ page 407 .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
f
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove sunroof switch -E8-
orm
from installation frame.
m
atio
com
n in
Installing
r
te o
thi

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6.2.3 Removing and installing bulb of front in‐

terior light -W1-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Caution
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
masking tape.
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
Removing
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
or
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to carefully prise lens out of

f
en
ng
front interior light -W1- -arrow-.

i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Press contact plate -1- of front interior light -W1- to side

-arrow- and remove festoon bulb -2-, together with contact
plate, from front interior light -W1- .

– Pull contact plate -arrow- off defective festoon bulb.

– Fit contact plate onto new festoon bulb (12 V/10 W).
Caution
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Do not touch glass d by V envelope when fitting bulb. Fingers
o gu
ara
leave tracesoof ris grease on the glass envelope, which evap‐
e nte
orate when ut the bulb is switched on and cause the glass or a
h e
a
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
6.2.4 Replacing centre reading light
spec
t to the co
Left centre reading light -W39- / right centre reading light -W40-
are removed and installed in same way and description is only
given for one.
rrectness of i
Removing
– Remove front interior light -W1- ⇒ page 407 .
cial p
nform
– Turn bulb holder -arrows- of left centre reading light -W39- by
mer
90° to the left.
a
m
tion
– Remove bulb holder together with bulb out of left centre read‐
co
in t
r
ing light -W39- .

o
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Carefully pull glass-base bulb out of bulb holder.

Caution

Installing
6.3 Rear interior light -W45- (vehicles with‐

out anti-theft alarm)
The following components are built into the rear interior light -
W45- :
♦ Rear interior light -W45-
♦ Rear left reading light -W11-
♦ Rear right reading light -W12-

Components cannot be renewed individually. Complete rear in‐

– Renew rear interior light -W45- ⇒ page 412 .
6.3.1 Removing and installing rear interior

light -W45- agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
Caution horis nte
eo
ut ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
(switches, covers, trim), mask off areas where tools ( re‐ ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
masking tape.
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove trim with lens from
rear interior light -W45- .
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove rear interior light -
cted agen
Prote AG.
W45- from moulded headliner.

Installing

6.3.2 Renewing bulb of rear interior light -

W45-
Removing
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove trim with lens from
rear interior light -W45- .
– Carefully pull glass-base bulb out of holder -arrows-.

Caution

wage es n
olks ot g
Installing edb
y V ua
ran
ir s tee
autho
or
ac
ss
ce
e
6.4 Rear interior light -W45- (vehicles with

nl
pt
du
an
itte
anti-theft alarm) up to MY2009
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The following components are built into the rear interior light -
wit
, is n
W45- :
h re
hole
spec
♦ Rear interior light -W45-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Rear left reading light -W11-
♦ Rear right reading light -W12-
rrectness of i
♦ Anti-theft alarm ultrasonic sensor -G209-
l purpos
Components cannot be renewed individually. Complete rear in‐

nform
ercia
Anti-theft alarm ultrasonic sensor -G209- is not allowed to be

m
moved from its preset position.

at
m
io
r co
– Renew rear interior light -W45- ⇒ page 414 .

in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6.4.1 Removing and installing rear interior

light -W45-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note Volksw not
gu
d by ara
ir se nte
♦ If the rear interior light -W45-
utho is removed, the anti-theft alarm eo
ra
system must be deactivatedss
a
⇒ page 430 (up to MY2009). c
ce
e
nl
♦ The anti-theft alarm ultrasonic sensor -G209- must not be
pt
du
an
moved from its preset position (up to MY2009).
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Caution
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
masking tape.
cial p
nform
mer
a
Removing
m
tio
r co
n in
– Pull entire trim panel -1- (with lens and reflectors) vertically
o
thi
te
s
downwards -arrows- out of rear interior light -W45- .
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Press both locking lugs -2- in -direction of arrow A- and remove

entire rear interior light -W45- -1- in -direction of arrow B- from
moulded headliner.

– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2-.

Installing
6.4.2 Renewing bulb of rear interior light -

W45-
Note
♦ The anti-theft alarm system must be deactivated when the rear

interior light -W45- bulbs are replaced ⇒ page 430 (up to
MY2009). n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
The anti-theft alarm ultrasonic sensor -G209- must not beby Vo
k
♦ l ot g
ua
moved from its preset position (up to MY2009). ris
ed ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
Removing ss
ce
le
un
pt
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Pull entire trim panel -1- (with lens and reflectors) vertically
pe
ility
downwards out of rear interior light -W45- .
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of
l purpos
in
ercia
forma
m
– Pull glass-base bulb to be removed (12 V/5 W) -1- from bulb

com
tion
holder.
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
Caution
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
by
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing

6.5 Removing and installing illuminated

vanity mirrors
The procedure for removing and installing front passenger side
illuminated vanity mirror -W14- / driver side illuminated vanity mir‐
ror -W20- is the same and is described for one only.
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
o
Caution au
th or
ac
ss
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
masking tape.
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to prise front passenger side
illuminated vanity mirror -W14- carefully out of roof trim.
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
o
n in
r c
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Renewing bulb:

– Push contact plate -1- of front passenger side illuminated van‐

ity mirror -W14- in direction of arrow and remove festoon bulb
-2- from bulb holder.
. Volkswagen AG
– Renew festoon bulb k(12 gen AG
swaV/ 5 W). ol
does
not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
Caution
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Installing
spec
t to the co
6.6 Removing and installing garage door
rrectness of i
operating unit -E284-
Garage door operating unit -E284- is installed in sun visor on
cial p
driver side.
nform
mer
Sun visor and garage door operating unit -E284- can only be re‐
a
newed together.
m
tion
co
in t
r
Removing
o
his
ate
do
riv
– Remove sun visor on driver side together with garage door

p
cum
operating unit -E284- -1- ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
or
f
en
ng
Rep. gr. 68 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Installing
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7 Lights and switches in centre console
7.1 Buttons in centre console storage com‐

partment
Buttons in centre console storage compartment (depending on
equipment)
♦ TCS and ESP button -E256-
♦ Shock absorber damping adjustment button -E387-
♦ Park assist steering button -E581-
♦ Tyre pressure monitor display button -E492-
♦ Fuel selection switch (petrol, gas) -E395-
Note
olkswagen AG
The procedure for removal and installation is the same sfor agall
en Abut‐
G. V does
k w
tons in the centre console storage compartment and by is therefore
Vol not
gu
described for just one button. ris
ed
ara
nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
7.2 Removing and installing buttons in cen‐
ce
le
un
pt
tre console storage compartment
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
The procedure for removal and installation is the same for all but‐
es, in part or in w
tons in the centre console storage compartment and is therefore
t to the co
described for just one button ( TCS and ESP button -E256- ).
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

n
ercia

form
m
atio

com
n in

r
te o

thi
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
masking tape.
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Carefully lever gear lever gaiter out of centre console
-arrows-.

– Remove mounting frame together with ashtray out of centre
console.
wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Release locking lugs -arrows- and remove TCS and ESP but‐
erm
ab
ton -E256- from installation frame.

ility
ot p
wit
Installing
is n
h re
ole,

spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nfo
mer
rmatio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
419
by c lksw
cted
7. Lights and switches in centre console
agen
Prote AG.

7.3 Removing and installing AC/DC con‐

verter with socket
WARNING
♦ Capacitors are located in AC/DC converter with socket, 12

V - 230 V -U13- / AC/DC converter with socket, 12 V - 115
V -U27- , and these capacitors can be charged with a re‐
sidual voltage.
♦ There is a danger of an electric shock.
♦ Under no circumstances open housing of AC/DC convert‐
er with socket, 12 V - 230 V -U13- / AC/DC converter with
socket, 12 V - 115 V -U27- .

♦ Removal wedge -3409-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
db ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Caution
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p

nform
masking tape.
mer
♦ The connector, wiring and 230 V socket must never be

m
tio
r co
repaired.
n in
o
thi
te
♦ The complete unit must be replaced if the connector, wir‐

s
a
do
ir v
ing and 230 V socket or the AC/DC converter are defec‐

p
cum
or
tive.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig
Removal py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Open folding cover -1-. Prote AG.
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to remove socket cover -2-,

it is clipped in on both sides of socket.
– Remove two screws -3- (1.5 Nm).
– Remove inner socket unit -4-. Both side brackets -5- must be
released for this.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise n
tho
r
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ ,teGolfeo Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤
u ra
ss
a
Electrical
c system - Edition 07.2010
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unclip connector -1- and pull out plug connector.
7. Lights and switches in centre console 421

– Release electric socket -4- at locking lugs -arrows- and pull

electric socket out.
– Remove two screws -2 and 3-.
– Pull out converter -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence.
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ir s tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

8 immobiliser Volks
wage
es n
ot g
by ua
d
General description orise
ran
tee
th or
u
The vehicle features a fourth-generation immobiliser.ss a ac
ce
e
nl
New features of the forth-generation immobiliser:
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ It is no longer possible to adapt components of other brands
erm
ab
for use in VW vehicles.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ The ignition keys are pre-programmed at the manufacturer
h re
ole,
with a base code. This base code contains a specific manu‐
spec
facturer's code. The keys can be taught into a vehicle only if
programmed with the correct manufacturer's mode.
t to the co
rrectness of i
The immobiliser is equipped with self-diagnosis.
system -VAS 5051B- in „Guided fault finding“ mode. cial p
nform
8.1 Removing and installing immobiliser
mer
control unit -J362-
a
m
tion
co
in t
r
The immobiliser control unit -J362- is integrated in the dash panel

o
his
e
insert. In the event of failure of immobiliser control unit -J362- ,

at
do
riv
the complete dash panel insert must be renewed.

p
cum
for
en
ng
Renewing dash panel insert ⇒ page 173 .

i t.
py Co
Co py
8.2 immobiliser reader coil -D2-

ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
The immobiliser reader coil -D2- is joined to the ignition switch
cted agen
Prote AG.
and cannot be renewed individually.
Removing and installing ignition switch ⇒ page 332 .
8.3 Ignition key

Removing and installing battery of ignition key with remote control
⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 57 .
Removing and installing radio container (transmission unit for re‐
mote control central locking) of ignition key ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 57 .
8.3.1 Ignition key - variable code transponder

The variable code transponder in the ignition key cannot be re‐
placed.
The ignition key must always be replaced if the variable code
transponder is defective.
Note
♦ If an ignition key is replaced or a further ignition key is required,

the new ignition key must always be adapted to the immobil‐
iser ⇒ page 424 .
♦ If the radio container (transmission unit for remote controlled
central locking) of the ignition key is also replaced, it must be
adapted to the convenience system (up to MY2009)
⇒ page 425 .
8.3.2 Loss of the ignition key

All ignition keys are pre-coded to a specific vehicle in the factory
and can only be adapted to this vehicle. The relevant vehicle
8. immobiliser 423
identification number must be specified when re-ordering ignition

keys. The new keys must subsequently be adapted to the immo‐
biliser control unit -J362- .
Note
Before removing lock set or control units „New identity on renew‐

ing all components“ function must be called up ⇒ page 426 .
Adapting ignition key ⇒ page 424 , ⇒ page 425
8.3.3 Adapting ignition keys to the immobiliser

5051B-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ir se nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
Procedure
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
VAS 5051B- .
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Up to MY2009
rrectness of i
♦ Body
cial p

nform
mer
♦ Immobiliser
a
m
tio
r co
n in
♦ immobiliser 4A download
o
thi
te
♦ Adapt key
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
or
From MY2010
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Body ht.
Cop py
rig
rig ht
♦ Electrical system py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ 01 - On Board Diagnosis capable systems Prote AG.
♦ immobiliser 4C download
♦ Functions
♦ Adapt key

8.3.4 Adapting ignition keys to the conven‐

iencey Vsystem
olkswage (up to MY2009) es n
ot g
u
b ara
ed
Special tools hand
or workshop equipment required
is nte
e
t or
au ac
♦ Vehiclessdiagnosis, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
Procedure
cial p
nfo
mer
rm
VAS 5051B- .
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
lowing menu options in succession: py

i t.
Co
Co py
♦ Body
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
♦ General body repairs by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Convenience system
♦ Functions of convenience system central control unit
♦ Adapt and check key with radio remote control
8.3.5 Checking ignition key with remote con‐

trol (from MY2010)
5051B-
Procedure
VAS 5051B- .
8. immobiliser 425

♦ Body
♦ Functions
♦ Check ignition key with remote control
8.3.6 New identity on renewing all compo‐

nents
5051B-
Procedure
olkswagen AG
This program performs all the processes required for a recon‐ swagen AG. V does
struction/reinitialisation of all immobiliser components. by
Vol
k not
gu
d ara
se nte
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and informationthosystem
ri - eo
VAS 5051B- . ss au ra
c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
Up to MY2009. h re
ole,
spec
♦ Body
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Functions
cial p
nform
♦ New identity
mer
From MY2010
m
tio
r co
n in
♦ Body
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cu
or
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
♦ Functions
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ New identity

8.3.7 Online system test

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Vehicle diagnosis, testing and informationVosystem
lksw -VAS not
gu
5051B- d by ara
se ri nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
The following processes are performed with this test program:
rrectness of i
♦ System test for online connection
♦ Check of user authorization
cial p
nform
♦ Test for correct online connection to Volkswagen database
mer
atio
m
This requires an online connection for the vehicle diagnostic, test‐

r co
n
ing and information system -VAS 5051B-
in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
Procedure
o
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
VAS 5051B- .
i
py Co
t. Co py
rig
– In vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS gh ht
yri by
5051B- , select „Guided fault finding“. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Up to MY2009.
♦ Body
♦ Functions
♦ Online system test
From MY2010
♦ Body
♦ Functions
♦ Online system test
8. immobiliser 427
wage es n
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant V2010
olks ➤ , Jetta 2005 ➤ ot g
by ua
ris
ed ran
tee
tho or
s au ac
s
9 Anti-theft alarm (ATA)
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
General description
rm
ab
pe
ility
Up to MY2009
ot
wit
, is n
h re
The functions of the anti-theft alarm are integrated into the con‐
hole
venience system central control unit -J393- .
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
From MY2010
The functions of the anti-theft alarm are integrated in the onboard
supply control unit -J519- .
rrectness of i
After renewal of the onboard supply control unit -J519- , the anti-
l purpos
theft alarm must be adapted ⇒ page 455 .

n
ercia
form
The anti-theft alarm system is equipped with self-diagnosis.
m
atio
com
n in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
tions C py
ht. rig
rig ht
⇒ Operating manual
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
Note
The components of the anti-theft alarm (ATA) is dependent on the

vehicle equipment.

1 - Alarm horn -H12-

❑ In front right wheel
housing
⇒ page 435
2 - Front passenger door con‐
tact switch -F3-
❑ In front passenger side
central locking lock unit
-F221-
⇒ General body repairs,
3 - Anti-theft alarm system sen‐
sor -G578-
❑ Contains vehicle incli‐
nation sender -G384- /
interior monitoring sen‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
sor -G273- wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
❑ In the roof consolerise d ran
tee
o
❑ Removing and ainstalling
uth or
ac
⇒ page 432 s s
ce
e
nl
pt
4 - Interior monitoring deacti‐
du
an
itte
vation switch -E267-
y li
erm
ab
❑ in B-pillar trim on driver
ility
ot p
side
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
⇒ page 397
t to the co
5 - Driver door contact switch -
F2-
❑ In driver side central
rrectness of i
locking lock unit -F220-
⇒ General body repairs,
cial p

nform
mer
6 - Rear lid lock unit -F256-

a
m
tion

co
in t
or
7 - Coding rear left door control unit -J388-

his
ate
do
riv
❑ In rear left door

p
cum
or
f
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ Glazing, window regulator; Rep. gr. 64

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
8 - Driver door control unit -J386-
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
❑ In driver door copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ Glazing, window regulator; Rep. gr. 64 Prote AG.
9 - Removing and installing central locking deadlock function warning lamp -SAFE- -K133-
❑ In driver door trim
10 - Onboard supply control unit -J519-
❑ In driver's footwell under dash panel
❑ Contains central locking and anti-theft alarm system aerial -R47-
❑ Removing and installing (up to MY2009) ⇒ page 452
❑ Removing and installing (from MY2010) ⇒ page 452
11 - Coding rear right door control unit -J389-
❑ In rear right door
9. Anti-theft alarm (ATA) 429

12 - Front passenger door control unit -J387-
❑ In front passenger door
13 - Contact switch for bonnet -F266-
❑ In lid lock
9.2 Activating and deactivating anti-theft

alarm system
Activating anti-theft alarm:
The anti-theft alarm is switched on automatically when the vehicle
is locked. The anti-theft alarm is then immediately primed.
Note
To stop the anti-theft alarm system triggering an alarm unneces‐

sarily, close all windows and doors before locking vehicle.
Deactivating anti-theft alarm:

Anti-theft alarm system is deactivated if
♦ vehicle is unlocked using unlock button on remote control
♦ the ignition is switched on
♦ the interior monitoring deactivation switch -E267- has been
operated swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
Unlock the vehicle mechanically (emergency open): ed by ara
nte
ris
– Unlock the driver door. utho eo
ra
a c
ss
The anti-theft alarm system remains active, although no alarm is
ce
le
un
pt
triggered.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
– Switch on ignition within 15 seconds.

ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Note h re
ole,
spec
If you do not switch on the ignition, the alarm will trigger after 15
t to the co
seconds.
rrectness of i
When the ignition is switched on, the electronic immobiliser de‐

tects a valid vehicle key and deactivates the anti-theft alarm.
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cu
r
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9.3 Removing and installing ultrasonic sen‐

sor (rear interior light) (up to MY2009)
The anti-theft alarm ultrasonic sensor -G209- , comprising four
individual sensors -2-, wiring and a control element on the back
of the rear interior light -W45- cannot be replaced individually. The
rear interior light -W45- must be replaced complete.
Removing and installing rear interior light -W45- (vehicles with
anti-theft alarm) ⇒ page 414 .
9.4 Removing and installing ultrasonic sen‐

sor (rear left-hand side of roof) (up to
MY2009)
From model year 2007 onwards, vehicle inclination sender -
G384- and anti-theft alarm ultrasonic sensor -G209- are installed
in one unit on rear left side of roof.
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
♦ Removal wedge -VAS 3409- byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

n
ercia
fo

rm
m
atio
com

n in

r
te o
thi

sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
masking tape.
fo
m
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Use removal wedge -VAS 3409- to unclip anti-theft alarm ul‐
trasonic sensor -G209- -arrow-.
Note
Clip -1- which holds anti-theft alarm ultrasonic sensor -G209- in

place has three legs. Press three legs of clip toArelease
olkswaanti-theft
alarm ultrasonic sensor -G209- , otherwise w en G. V alarm
aganti-theft
gen AG
ultra‐
does
lks not
sonic sensor -G209- will not comedout.
by Vo gu
ar
e an
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Pull off anti-theft alarm ultrasonic sensor -G209- .
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Detach connector -1- from anti-theft alarm ultrasonic sensor -
ility
ot p
G209- .
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Installing
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
9.5 Anti-theft alarm sensor -G578- (from
mer
a
m
t
MY2010)
io
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
Note
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ The anti-theft alarm sensor -G578- includes the vehicle incli‐ Cop py
nation sender -G384- and the interior monitoring sensor -
ht. rig
ht
rig by
G273- (two sensors). copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ The anti-theft alarm sensor -G578- cannot be dismantled.
AG.
9.5.1 Removing and installing anti-theft alarm

sensor -G578-
♦ Removal wedge -3409-

Caution

(switches, covers, trim), maskeoff AGareas
. Volkswwhere
agen AGtools ( re‐
moval wedge -VAS 3409- ag n
ks,wscrewdriver) are used e
doto
s nlever
ol ot
out those componentsd b using commercially available guar
y V
masking tape. horise an
tee
t or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
Removing
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove front interior light -W1- .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Vehicles with sunroof ⇒ page 407
wit
is n
h re
♦ Vehicles with no sunroof ⇒ page 404
ole,
spec
– Remove screws -arrows A-, release locking lugs -arrows B-
t to the co
and remove console from moulded headliner in
-direction of arrow C-.
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
or
– Detach connector -2- from interior monitor send and receive

f
en
ng
t.
module 1 -G303- -1-.
i
py Co
t. Co py
rig
– Release interior monitor send and receive module 1 -G303-
gh ht
yri by
cop
-1- at fasteners -arrows-.
Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the sensor fasteners and take the sensors and the
interior monitor send and receive module 1 -G303- out of the
moulded headlining.
Installing

9.6 Removing and installing vehicle inclina‐

tion sender -G384- (up to 2006)
Vehicle inclination sender -G384- (from 2007) ⇒ page 431
The vehicle inclination sender -G384- -arrow- is located on the
right beneath the dash panel, behind the front passenger's airbag.
Note
The anti-theft alarm system must be deactivated before vehicle

inclination sender -G384- is removed ⇒ page 430 .
Caution

wage es n
olks ot g
Removing db
y V ua
ran
ise
r tee
utho
or
Rep. gr. 68 . ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Unscrew bolts -1- and remove vehicle inclination sensor -
itte
y li
G384- from bracket.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Detach connector -2- from vehicle level sender -G384- .
wit
is n
h re
Installing
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
9.7 Vehicle inclination sender -G384- (from
mer
a
MY2010)
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
Note
p
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ The anti-theft alarm sensor -G578- includes the vehicle incli‐
Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
G273- (two sensors). py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ The anti-theft alarm sensor -G578- cannot be dismantled. Prote AG.
Removing and installing anti-theft alarm sensor -G578-

⇒ page 432 .

9.8 Interior monitoring sensor -G273- (from

MY2010)
Note
♦ The anti-theft alarm sensor -G578- includes the vehicle incli‐

G273- (two sensors).
♦ The anti-theft alarm sensor -G578- cannot
wage
be
n AG. Volksdismantled.
wagen AG
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
Removing and installing anti-theft
ris
e alarm sensor -G578- nte
⇒ page 432 . utho eo
ra
a c
ss
9.9 Central locking and anti-theft alarm sys‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
tem aerial -R47-
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Up to MY2009
ot p
wit
is n
The central locking and anti-theft alarm system aerial -R47- is
h re
ole,
routed from the convenience system central control unit -J393- to
spec
the A-pillar on left in the main wiring harness.
t to the co
The central locking and anti-theft alarm system aerial -R47- can‐
not be repaired as this would adversely affect the reception
quality.
rrectness of i
In the event of damage, it is necessary to replace the central
locking and anti-theft alarm system aerial -R47- .
cial p
From MY2010
nform
mer
The central locking and anti-theft alarm system aerial -R47- re‐
a
m
t
ceives the signals from the remote control and passes them to
ion
co
the onboard supply control unit -J519- .

in t
or
his
te
iva
The central locking and anti-theft alarm system aerial -R47- is

do
pr
integrated in the onboard supply control unit -J519- and cannot

um
for
be replaced individually.
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co
py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted
tions
agen
Prote AG.
9.10 Removing and installing alarm horn -

H12-
The alarm horn -H12- is located on the right at the A-pillar in the
wing.
♦ Drill -VAS 5134-
♦ Twist drill bit ∅ 6 mm

wage es n
♦ Pop rivet pliers -VAS 5072- Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of
Note
The anti-theft alarm must be deactivated before removing the l purpos
in
ercia
alarm horn -H12- ⇒ page 430 .
forma
m
com
tion
Caution
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
fo
m
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
Removing by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove front right wheel housing liner ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 66 .
– Use drill -VAS 5134- and a drill bit (∅ 6 mm) to drill out both
pop rivets -arrows-.
– Release connector -1- by opening the cover -2- using a small

screwdriver and remove the alarm horn -H12- -3- from the
wheel housing.

– Remove remains of pop rivets -arrow- from body holes.

Installing
Note
Remove all metal swarf produced by drilling.
– Perform necessary corrosion protection measures ⇒ General

Information; Body Repairs, General Body Repairs .
Note
For reasons of clarity, the alarm horn -H12- is not shown in the
following illustration, therefore the connector is shown discon‐
nected.
– Guide clip -2- of alarm horn -H12- into aperture in body -1-.
– Secure alarm horn -H12- using new pop rivets.
– Install front right wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,
Testing the alarm horn -H12- :
The alarm horn -H12- can be checked using final control diagno‐
sis of convenience system central control unit -J393-
⇒ page 475 .
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
d ran
rise tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tio
r co
n in
o
thi
te
s
ir va
do
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

10 Horn
10.1 Removing and installing treble horn -

H2- / bass horn -H7-
The treble horn -H2- / bass horn -H7- are actuated in parallel by
the onboard supply control unit -J519- .
Treble horn -H2- / bass horn -H7- are installed on the left and right
next to the longitudinal members.
Treble horn -H2- / bass horn -H7- are installed and removed in
same way.
Caution

Removing
Rep. gr. 50 .
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Remove screw -arrow- and take out treble horn -H2- .

Installing
rrectness of i
Note
cial p
nform
mer
When installing, position the horn so it is not in contact with ad‐

a
m
jacent components.
tion
co
in t
or
his
e
– Tighten bracket bolt on longitudinal member to 20 Nm.

at
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
10.2 Checking treble horn -H2- / bass horn -

t.
yi Co
op py
H7-
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
Treble horn -H2- / bass horn -H7- can be checked in final control Prote
cted AG.
agen
diagnosis of onboard supply control unit -J519- ⇒ page 453 .

97 – Wiring
1 Vehicle diagnosis, testing and infor‐
mation systems
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
m
io
r co
n in t
o
his
ate
d
iv
o
pr
cu
or
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
cop by
Vo
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information systems 439

wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
db
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ , Golf Variant 2010 ➤ , Jetta 2005ir se ➤ ran
tee
o
Electrical system - Edition 07.2010 auth or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
2 Removing and installing fuse holder
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
2.1 Removing and installing fuse holder on
h re
ole,
spec
left of dash panel
t to the co
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
atio
m
r co
n in
o
thi
te
sd
ir va
o
p
cum
for
en
ng t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Caution Prote
cted AG.
agen

Caution

masking tape.
Removing
– Remove storage compartment on driver side ⇒ General body
440 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

– Remove side cover -1- of dash panel by inserting removal

wedge -VAS 3409- in recess -2- and levering off side cover
-1- in -direction of arrow-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove fuse assignment card -1- out of fuse holder -2-.
wit
is n
h re
– Remove bolts -arrows- and guide out fuse holder -1- towards
ole,
spec
interior (be careful not to stretch wiring).
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
cial p
nform
mer
a
m
tion
co
in t
or
his
ate
do
iv
pr
cum
or
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
gh ht
yri by
y cop Vo
lksw
b
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Removing and installing fuse holder 441

3 Removing and installing relay carrier
3.1 Removing and installing relay carrier on

left beneath dash panel
Caution
wage es n
When battery -A- is disconnected and reconnected, the pro‐Vol
ks ot g
by ua
cedure described in the workshop manual must berisstrictly
ed ran
tee
ho
ut a
or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Removing
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
– Remove storage compartment on driver side ⇒ General body
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- for bracket.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
n
ercia
format
m
com
ion
in
r
te o
thi
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Pull relays -arrows- out of relay carrier.
fo
m
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Note rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
The number of relays depends on the vehicle equipment level.
Prote AG.
– Unclip locking lugs in direction of -arrow- outwards and then

push connectors -1- through relay carrier.
442 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

– Release locking lug -1- of relay carrier in direction of -arrow-

and take out relay carrier.
Installing
ing:
– First clip connectors in relay carrier.
– Place relay carrier -2- in guide -1- and clip relay carrier in place.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
3.2 Removing and installing relay carrier on
is n
h re
ole,
onboard supply control unit -J519- (up to
spec
MY2009)
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
♦ The onboard supply control unit -J519- and the relay carrier
attached to the onboard supply control unit -J519- located on
cial p
left of dash panel form one unit and cannot be separated.
nform
mer
♦ If the onboard supply control unit -J519- is to be renewed, the
a
m
ti
procedure ⇒ page 455 for reading the codes stored in the on‐
o
o
n in
c
board supply control unit -J519- must always be carried out.

r
te o
thi
s
a
do
ir v
p
cum
or
Caution
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
Co py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Removing and installing relay carrier 443

Removing
– Remove storage compartment -1- on driver side ⇒ General
– Push locking catch -1- of relay carrier plug-in connector on

onboard supply control unit -J519- in -direction of arrow A-.
– Push locking catch -2- of plug-in connector of onboard supply
control unit -J519- in direction of -arrow B-.
Note wage es n
Volks ot g
d by ua
ran
ir se
The plug-in connector of onboard
tho supply control unit -J519- and tee
or
of relay carrier on onboard
ss ausupply control unit -J519- can only be ac
pulled off after the locking catches have been moved to the
ce
e
nl
„OPEN“ position.
pt
du
an
itte

VW Golf Variant Service Manual

Cargado por

Información del documento

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

VW Golf Variant Service Manual

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

AG.

Golf Variant 2007 ➤

Service Department. Technical Information

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

All rights reserved.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

27 - Starter, current supply, CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

6.1 Checking starter B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

6.3 Removing and installing starter B (DSG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

7.8 Alternator C 1.6l FSI engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

7.10 Alternator C 2.0l TFSI engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

7.11 Alternator C 2.5l petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

7.12 Alternator C 1.9l diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

90 - Gauges, instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

1 Windscreen wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

3.2 Removing rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

3.4 Removing and installing joint-free wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

5.4 Removing and installing spray jet assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

5.5 Adjusting headlight washer system spray jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

5.6 Bleeding headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

6 Washer fluid line hose couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

7 Hose repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2.9 Adjusting headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

3.8 Control unit for headlight range control J431 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

3.9 Vehicle level sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

3.10 Repairing headlight securing tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

4.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

4.4 Adjusting headlight installation position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

4.7 Power output module for headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

4.9 Headlight range control motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

12.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

13.2 Removing and installing lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

13.3 Removing and installing ignition/starter switch D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

14 Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

14.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

14.2 Assembly overview - 4-channel parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1.1 Removing and installing bonnet contact switch F266 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

7.1 Buttons in centre console storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

8.1 Removing and installing immobiliser control unit J362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

9 Anti-theft alarm (ATA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

9.1 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

9.5 Anti-theft alarm sensor G578 (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

9.7 Vehicle inclination sender G384 (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

9.8 Interior monitoring sensor G273 (from MY2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

10.1 Removing and installing treble horn H2 / bass horn H7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

27 – Starter, current supply, CCS

Danger of injury! Observe warning notices and safety regula‐

1.1 Types of battery

1.2 Warning notices and safety regulations

1.3 Battery terminal connection

2 Checking battery -A-

2 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

3 Charging battery -A-

4 Disconnecting and connecting bat‐

4.1 Disconnecting and connecting battery -

Danger of injury! Observe warning notices and safety regula‐

Disconnect battery -A- ⇒ page 5